We’re sorry, something doesn't seem to be working properly.

Please try refreshing the page. If that doesn't work, please contact support so we can address the problem.

We’re sorry, something doesn't seem to be working properly.

Please try refreshing the page. If that doesn't work, please contact support so we can address the problem.

D | SpringerLink

We’re sorry, something doesn't seem to be working properly.

Please try refreshing the page. If that doesn't work, please contact support so we can address the problem.

Skip to main content

D

    We’re sorry, something doesn't seem to be working properly.

    Please try refreshing the page. If that doesn't work, please contact support so we can address the problem.

Encyclopaedia of Mathematics

We’re sorry, something doesn't seem to be working properly.

Please try refreshing the page. If that doesn't work, please contact support so we can address the problem.

  • 871 Accesses

Abstract

δ-σ-OPERATION - A set-theoretic operation, the result of its application to a sequence (E n ) of sets can be noted thus:

$$\varphi \left( {E_n } \right) = \bigcup\limits_{z \in N} {\bigcap\limits_{n \in z} {E_n ,} } $$

where N is a system of sets of positive integers, called the base of the δ-σ-operation. See Descriptive set theory.

This is a preview of subscription content, log in via an institution to check access.

Access this chapter

eBook
USD 16.99
Price excludes VAT (USA)
  • Available as PDF
  • Read on any device
  • Instant download
  • Own it forever
Softcover Book
USD 54.99
Price excludes VAT (USA)
  • Compact, lightweight edition
  • Dispatched in 3 to 5 business days
  • Free shipping worldwide - see info

Tax calculation will be finalised at checkout

Purchases are for personal use only

Institutional subscriptions

References

  1. Kolmogorov, A.N.: ‘On operations over sets’, Mat. Sb. 35, no. 3-4 (1928), 415–422 (in Russian).

    MATH  Google Scholar 

  2. Aleksandrov, P.S.: Theory of functions of a real variable and the theory of topological spaces, Moscow, 1978 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  3. Ochan, Yu. S.: ‘The theory of operations over sets’, Uspekhi Mat. Nauk 10, no. 3 (1955), 71–128 (in Russian).

    MATH  Google Scholar 

  4. Kolmogorov, A.N.: ‘P.S. Alexandroff and the theory of the Ss operation’, Russian Math. Surveys 21, no. 4 (1966), 247–250. (Uspekhi Mat. Nauk 21, no. 4 (1966), 275-278)

    Google Scholar 

  5. Barlet, D.: ‘Monodromie et pôles du prolongement méromorphe de \(\int\limits_x {|f|^{2\lambda } \square } \) Bull. Soc. Math. France 114 (1986), 247–269.

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  6. Björk, J.-E.: Analytic D-modules, Acad. Press, To appear.

    Google Scholar 

  7. Björk, J.-E.: Rings of differential operators, North-Holland, 1979.

    Google Scholar 

  8. Borel, A., et al.: Algebraic D-modules, Acad. Press, 1987.

    Google Scholar 

  9. Gabber, O.: ‘The integrability of the characteristic variety’, Amer. J. Math. 103 (1981), 445–468.

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  10. Houzel, C. and Schapira, P.: ‘Images directes de modules différentiels’, C.R. Acad. Paris Sér. I Math. 298 (1984), 461–464.

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  11. Kashiwara, M.: Systems of microdifferential equations, Birkhäuser, 1983.

    Google Scholar 

  12. Kashiwara, M.: The Riemann — Hilbert problem for holonomic systems’, Publ. Res. Inst. Math. Sci. 20 (1984), 319–365.

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  13. Kashiwara, M. and Kawai, T.: ‘On the holonomic systems of micro-differential equations III’, Publ. Res. Inst. Math. Sci. 17 (1981), 813–979.

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  14. , D.T. and Mebkhout, Z.: ‘Introduction to linear differential systems’, in P. Orlik (ed.): Singularities, Proc. Symp. Pure Math., Vol. 40.2, Amer. Math. Soc., 1983, pp. 31-63.

    Google Scholar 

  15. Malgrange, B.: ‘Polynômes de Bernstein-Sato et cohomologie évanescente’, Astérisque. Analyse et topologie sur les espaces singuliers (II-III) 101-102 (1983), 243–267.

    MathSciNet  Google Scholar 

  16. Mebkhout, Z.: ‘Théorèmes de bidualité locale pour les D xmodules holonomes’, Ark. Mat. 20 (1982), 111–124.

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  17. Mebkhout, Z.: ‘Une autre équivalence de catégories’, Compos. Math. 51 (1984), 63–88.

    MathSciNet  Google Scholar 

  18. Oda, T.: ‘Introduction to algebraic analysis on complex manifolds’, in S. litaka (ed.): Algebraic varieties and analytic varieties, North-Holland, 1983, pp. 29-48.

    Google Scholar 

  19. Pham, F.: Singularités des systèmes différentiels de Gauss— Manin, Birkhäuser, 1979.

    Google Scholar 

  20. Saito, M.: ‘Hodge structure via filtered D-modules’, Astérisque. Systèmes différentiels et singularités 130 (1985), 342–351.

    Google Scholar 

  21. Saito, M.: ‘Modules de Hodge polarisables’, Preprint RIMS 553(1986).

    Google Scholar 

  22. Schapira, P.: Microdifferential systems in the complex domain, Springer, 1985.

    Google Scholar 

  23. Rudin, W.: Principles of mathematical analysis, McGraw-Hill, 1953.

    Google Scholar 

  24. Ince, E.L.: Integration of ordinary differential equations, Oliver & Boyd, 1963, p. 43ff.

    Google Scholar 

  25. Vladimirov, V.S.: Equations of mathematical physics, Mir, 1984 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  26. Tkhonov, A.N. and Samarskiĭ, A.A.: Partial differential equations of mathematical physics, 1-2, Holden-Day, 1976 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  27. Courant, R. and Hilbert, D.: Methods of mathematical physics. Partial differential equations, 2, Interscience, 1965 (translated from the German).

    Google Scholar 

  28. Lagrange, I.: Mécanique analytique, Paris, 1788.

    Google Scholar 

  29. Goldstein, H.: Classical mechanics, Addison-Wesley, 1962.

    Google Scholar 

  30. Arnol’d, V.I.: Méthodes mathématiques de la mécanique classique, MIR, 1976 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  31. Courant, R. and Hilbert, D.: Methods of mathematical physics. Partial differential equations, 2, Interscience, 1965 (translated from the German).

    Google Scholar 

  32. John, F.: Partial differential equations, Springer, 1968.

    Google Scholar 

  33. d’Alembert, J.: Traité de dynamique, Paris, 1743.

    Google Scholar 

  34. Lagrange, J.L.: Mécanique analytique, Paris, 1788.

    Google Scholar 

  35. Suslov, G.K.: Theoretical mechanics, Moscow, 1944 (in Russian)

    Google Scholar 

  36. Arnol’d, V.I.: Mathematical methods of classical mechanics, Springer, 1978 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  37. Synge, J.L. and Griffith, B.A.: Principles of mechanics, McGraw-Hill, 1959.

    Google Scholar 

  38. Targ, S.: Theoretical mechanics, Moscow, no date (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  39. Arnol’d, V.I.: Méthodes mathématiques de la mécanique classique, MIR, 1976 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  40. Modenov, P.S.: Analytical geometry, Moscow, 1969 (in Russian)

    Google Scholar 

  41. Berger, M.: Geometry, 2, Springer, 1987, p. 227.

    Google Scholar 

  42. Daniell, P.: ‘A general form of integral’, Ann. of Math. 19 (1917), 279–294.

    MathSciNet  Google Scholar 

  43. Shilov, G.E. and Gurevich, B.L.: Integral, measure and derivative: a unified approach, Dover, reprint, 1977 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  44. Loomis, L.H.: An introduction to abstract harmonic analysis, v. Nostrand, 1953.

    Google Scholar 

  45. Stromberg, K.: Introduction to classical real analysis, Wadsworth, 1981.

    Google Scholar 

  46. Szökefalvi-Nagy, B.: Real functions and orthogonal expansions, Oxford Univ. Press, 1965.

    Google Scholar 

  47. Arkhangel’skiĭ, A.V.: ‘Factorization theorems and spaces of continuous functions: stability and monolithicity’, Sov. Math. Dokl. 26 (1982), 177–181. (Dokl. Akad. Nauk SSSR 265, no. 5(1982), 1039-1043)

    Google Scholar 

  48. Darboux, G.: ‘Mémoire sur les équations différentielles algébriques du premier ordre et du premier degré’, Bull. Sci. Math. 2 (1878), 60–96.

    MATH  Google Scholar 

  49. Ince, E.L.: Ordinary differential equations, Dover, reprint, 1956.

    Google Scholar 

  50. John, F.: Plane waves and spherical means applied to partial differential equations, Interscience, 1955.

    Google Scholar 

  51. Darboux, G.: Leçons sur la théorie générale des surfaces et ses applications géométriques du calcul infinitesimal, 2, Gauthier-Villars, 1889.

    Google Scholar 

  52. Tzitzeica, G.: Géométrie différentielle projective des réseaux, Paris-Bucharest, 1924.

    Google Scholar 

  53. Finikov, S.P.: Theorie der Kongruenzen, Akademie-Verlag, 1959 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  54. Finikov, S.P.: Projective-differential geometry, Moscow-Leningrad, 1937 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  55. Laptev, G.F.: ‘Differential geometry of imbedded manifolds. Group theoretical methods of differential geometric investigation’, Trudy Moskov. Mat. Obshch. 2 (1953), 275–382 (in Rusian)

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  56. Cartan, E.: Leçons sur la théorie des espaces a connexion projective, Gauthier-Villars, 1937, Part II, Chapt. VI § II.

    Google Scholar 

  57. Darboux, G.: Ann. Sci. Ecole Norm. Sup. Ser. 2 4 (1875), 57–112.

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  58. Il’in, V.A. and Poznyak, E.G.: Fundamentals of mathematical analysis, 1-2, Mir, 1982 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  59. Kudryavtsev, L.D.: Mathematical analysis, 1-2, Moscow, 1973 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  60. Nikol’skiĭ, S.M.: A course of mathematical analysis, 1-2, Mir, 1977 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  61. Darboux, G.: Leçons sur la théorie générale des surfaces et ses applications géométriques du calculi infinitesimal 4, Gauthier-Villars, 1896.

    Google Scholar 

  62. Shulikovskiĭ, V.I.: Classical differential geometry in a tensor setting Moscow, 1963 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  63. Fubini, G. and Cech, E.: introduction á la géométrie projective différentielle des surfaces, Gauthier-Villars, 1931.

    Google Scholar 

  64. Bol, G.: Projective Differentialgeometrie, Vandenhoek & Ruprecht, 1954.

    Google Scholar 

  65. Darboux, G.: ‘Etude géométrique sur les percussions et le choc des corps’, Bull. Sci. Math. Ser. 2 4 (1880), 126–160.

    MATH  Google Scholar 

  66. Kagan, V.F.: Foundations of the theory of surfaces in a tensor setting, 2, Moscow-Leningrad, 1948, pp. 210-233 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  67. Fubini, G. and Čech, E.: Introduction á la géométrie projective différentielle des surfaces, Gauthier-Villars, 1931.

    Google Scholar 

  68. Bol, G.: Projektive Differentialgeometrie, Vandenhoeck & Ruprecht, 1954.

    Google Scholar 

  69. Lane, E.P.: A treatise on projective differential geometry, Univ. Chicago Press, 1942.

    Google Scholar 

  70. Rudin, W.: Principles of mathematical analysis, McGraw-Hill, 1953.

    Google Scholar 

  71. Darboux, G.: Leçons sur la theorie générale des surfaces et ses applications géométriques du calcul infinitesimal, 1, Gauthier-Villars, 1887.

    Google Scholar 

  72. Guggenheimer, H.: Differential geometry, McGraw-Hill, 1963.

    Google Scholar 

  73. Darboux, G.: Leçons sur la théorie générale des surfaces et ses applications géométriques du calcul infinitesimal, 1, Gauthier-Villars, 1887, pp. 1-18.

    Google Scholar 

  74. Kagan, V.F.: Foundations of the theory of surfaces in a tensor setting, 1, Moscow-Leningrad, 1947 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  75. Sternberg, S.: Lectures on differential geometry, Prentice-Hall, 1964.

    Google Scholar 

  76. Blaschke, W. and Leichtweiss, K.: Elementare Differentialgeometrie, Springer, 1973.

    Google Scholar 

  77. Fowler, R. and Guggenheim, E.: Statistical thermodynamics, Cambridge Univ. Press, 1960.

    Google Scholar 

  78. Huang, K.: Statistical mechanics, New York, 1963.

    Google Scholar 

  79. Vallée-Poussin, Ch.J. de la: ‘Un nouveau cas de convergence des séries de Fourier’, Rend Circ. Mat Palermo 31 (1911), 296–299.

    MATH  Google Scholar 

  80. Bary, N.K. [N.K. Bari]: A treatise on trigonometric series, Pergamon, 1964 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  81. Vallée-Poussin, Ch. J. de la: ‘Sur l’approximation des fonctions d’une variable reélle et de leurs dériveés par des polynômes et des suites limiteés de Fourier’, Bull Acad Belg. 3 (1908), 193–254.

    Google Scholar 

  82. Zygmund, A.: Trigonometric series, 1-2, Cambridge Univ. Press, 1979, Chapt.11.

    Google Scholar 

  83. Vallée-Poussin, Ch. J. de la: ‘Sut l’equation différentielle linéaire du second ordre. Détermination d’une intégrale par deux valeurs assignées. Extension aux équations d’ordre n’, J. Math. Pures Appl. 8(1929), 125–144.

    MATH  Google Scholar 

  84. Sansone, G.: Equazioni differenziali nel campo reale, 1, Zanichelli, 1948.

    Google Scholar 

  85. Hartman, P.: Ordinary differential equations, Birkhäuser, 1982.

    Google Scholar 

  86. Hardy, G.H.: Divergent series, Clarendon, 1949.

    Google Scholar 

  87. Natanson, I.P.: Constructive function theory, 1. F. Ungar, 1964 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  88. Vallée-Poussin, Ch.J. de la: ‘Sut la meilleure approximation des fonctions d’une variable réelle par des expressions d’ordre donné’, C.R. Acad Sci. Paris Sér. I. Math. 166 (1918), 799–802.

    MATH  Google Scholar 

  89. Vallée-Poussin, Ch.J. de la: Leçons sur l’approximation des fonctions d’une variable réelle, Gauthier-Villars, 1919.

    Google Scholar 

  90. Natanson, I.P.: Constructive function theory, 1, F. Ungar, 1964 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  91. Korovkin, P.P.: Linear operators and approximation theory, Hindushtan Publ. comp., Delhi, 1960 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  92. Nikol’skiĭ, S.M.: ‘Sur certaines méthodes d’approximation au moyen de sommes trigonométriques’, Izv. Akad. Nauk SSSR Ser. Mat. 4, no. 6 (1940), 509–520.

    MathSciNet  Google Scholar 

  93. Stechkin, S.B.: ‘On de la Vallée-Poussin sums’, Dokl. Akad. Nauk SSSR 80, no. 4 (1951), 545–520 (in Russian).

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  94. Shcherbina, A.D.: ‘On a summation method of series, conjugate to Fourier series’, Mat. Sb. 27 (69), no. 2 (1950), 157–170 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  95. Timan, A.F.: ‘Approximation properties of linear methods of summation of Fourier series’, Izv. Akad. Nauk SSSR Ser. Mat. 17 (1953), 99–134 (in Russian).

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  96. Timan, A.F.: Theory of approximation of functions of a real variable, Pergamon, 1963 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  97. Efimov, A.V.: ‘On approximation of periodic functions by de la Vallée-Poussin sums’, Izv. Akad. Nauk SSSR Ser. Mat. 23, no. 5 (1959), 737–770 (in Russian).

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  98. Efimov, A.V.: ‘On approximation of periodic functions by de la Vallée-Poussin sums’, Izv. Akad. Nauk SSSR Ser. Mat. 24, no. 3 (1960), 431–468 (in Russian).

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  99. Telyakovskii, S.A.: ‘Approximation of differentiable functions by de la Vallée-Poussin sums’, Dokl. Akad. Nauk SSSR 121, no. 3 (1958), 426–429 (in Russian).

    MathSciNet  Google Scholar 

  100. Telyakovskiĭ, S.A.: ‘Approximation to functions differentiable in Weyl’s sense by de la Vallée-Poussin sums’, Soviet Math. Dokl. 1, no. 2 (1960), 240–243. (Dokl. Akad. Nauk SSSR 131, no. 2 (1960), 259-262)

    MATH  Google Scholar 

  101. Vallée-Poussin, Ch.J. de la: ‘Sur l’approximation des fonctions d’une variable reélle et de leurs dérivées par des polynômes et des suites limitées de Fourier’, Bull. Acad Belg. 3 (1908), 193–254.

    Google Scholar 

  102. Hardy, G.H.: Divergent series. Clarendon Press, 1949.

    Google Scholar 

  103. Gronwall, T.: ‘Ueber einige Summationsmethoden und ihre Anwendung auf die Fouriersche Reihe’, J. Reine Angew. Math. 147 (1917), 16–35.

    MATH  Google Scholar 

  104. Vallée-Poussin, Ch.J. de la: ‘Recherches analytiques sur la théorie des nombers premiers’, Ann. Soc. Sci. Bruxelles 20 (1899), 183–256.

    Google Scholar 

  105. Vallée-Poussin, Ch.J. de la:’ sur la fonction ζ(s) de Riemann et la nombre des nombres premiers inférieurs à une limite donnée’, Ment Couronnes Acad Sci. Belg. 59, no. 1 (1899-1900).

    Google Scholar 

  106. Vallée-Poussin, Ch.J. de la: ‘Sur les polynômes d’approximation et la répresentation approchée d’un angle’, Bull Acad. Belg. 12 (1910), 808–845.

    Google Scholar 

  107. Garkavi, A.L.: ‘The theory of approximation in normed linear spaces’, Itogi Nauk. Mat. Anal. 1967 (1969), 75-132 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  108. Favard, J.: ‘Hommage à Charles de la Valleé Poussin (1866-1962)’ in P.L. Butzer and J. Korevaar (eds.): On approximation theory, Birkhäuser, 1964, pp. 1-3.

    Google Scholar 

  109. Cheney, E.W.: Introduction to approximation theory, Chelsea, reprint, 1982.

    Google Scholar 

  110. Markushevich, A.I.: Theory of functions of a complex variable, 1, Chelsea, 1977 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  111. Grothendieck, A.: ‘On the de Rham cohomology of algebraic varieties’, Publ. Math. IHES 29 (1966), 351–359.

    MATH  Google Scholar 

  112. Hartshorne, R.: Ample subvarieties of algebraic varieties, Springer, 1970.

    Google Scholar 

  113. Hartshorne, R.: ‘On the de Rham cohomology of algebraic varieties’, Publ. Math. IHES 45 (1975), 5–99.

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  114. Rham, G. de: ‘Sut l’analysis situs des variétés à n dimensions’, J. Math. Pures Appl. Sér. 9 10 (1931), 115–200.

    MATH  Google Scholar 

  115. Rham, G. de: Differentiable manifolds, Springer, 1984 (translated from the French).

    Google Scholar 

  116. Raghunathan, M.: Discrete subgroups of Lie groups, Springer, 1972.

    Google Scholar 

  117. Lehmann, D.: ‘Théorie homotopique des forms différentiélles (d’aprés D. Sullivnn)’, Astérisque 45 (1977).

    Google Scholar 

  118. Levich, B.G.: Theoretical physics, 2: Statistical physics. Electromagnetic processes in matter, North-Holland, 1971.

    Google Scholar 

  119. Rabin, M.O.: ‘Decidable theories’, in J. Barwise (ed.): Handbook of mathematical logic, North-Holland, 1977, pp. 595-629.

    Google Scholar 

  120. Mendelson, E.: Introduction to mathematical logic, v. Nostrand, 1964.

    Google Scholar 

  121. Rogers, jr., H.: Theory of recursive functions and effective computability, McGraw-Hill, 1967.

    Google Scholar 

  122. Kleene, S.C.: Introduction to metamathematics, North-Holland, 1951.

    Google Scholar 

  123. Chentsov, N.N.: Statistical decision rules and optimal conclusions, Moscow, 1972 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  124. Wald, A.: Statistical decision functions, Wiley, 1950.

    Google Scholar 

  125. Berger, J.O.: Statistical decision theory. Foundations, concepts and models, Springer, 1980.

    Google Scholar 

  126. Davis, M.: Computability and unsolvability, McGraw-Hill, 1958.

    Google Scholar 

  127. Davis, M. (ed.): The undecidable, Raven Press, 1965.

    Google Scholar 

  128. Hermes, H.: Enumerability, decidability, computability, Springer, 1965.

    Google Scholar 

  129. Minsky, M.: Computation: finite and infinite machines, Prentice-Hall, 1972.

    Google Scholar 

  130. Rogers, jr., H.: Theory of recursive functions and effective computability, McGraw-Hill, 1967.

    Google Scholar 

  131. Boltyanskiĭ, V.G. and Soltan, P.S.: The combinatorial geometry of various classes of convex sets, Kishinev, 1978 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  132. Grünbaum, B.: ‘Borsuk’s problem and related questions’, in V.L. Klee (ed.): Convexity, Proc. Symp. Pure Math., Vol. 7, Amer. Math. Soc., 1963, pp. 271–284.

    Google Scholar 

  133. Grünbaum, B.: ‘Measures of symmetry for convex sets’, in V.L. Klee (ed.): Convexity, Proc. Symp. Pure Math., Vol. 7, Amer. Math. Soc., 1963, pp. 233–270.

    Google Scholar 

  134. Boltyanskiĭ, V.G. and Gokhberg, I.Ts.: Sätze und Probleme der Kombinatorische Geometrie, Deutsch. Verlag Wissenschaft., 1972 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  135. Landau, L.D. and Lifschitz, E.M.: Fluid mechanics, Pergamon, 1959.

    Google Scholar 

  136. Godounov, S. [S. Godunov], et al.: Résolution numérique des problèmes multidimensionells de la dynamique des gas, Mir, 1979 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  137. Rudin, W.: Principles of mathematical analysis, McGraw-Hill, 1953.

    Google Scholar 

  138. Rudin, W.: Principles of mathematical analysis, McGraw-Hill, 1953.

    Google Scholar 

  139. Zariski, O. and Samuel, P.: Commutative algebra, 1, Springer, 1975.

    Google Scholar 

  140. Kurosh, A.G.: Lectures on general algebra, Chelsea, 1963 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  141. Borevich, Z.I. and Shafarevich, I.R.: Zahlentheorie, Birkhäuser, 1966 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  142. Bourbaki, N.: Elements of mathematics. Commutative algebra, Addison-Wesley, 1972 (translated from the French).

    Google Scholar 

  143. Kleene, S.C.: Introduction to metamathematics, North-Holland, 1951.

    Google Scholar 

  144. Curry, H.B.: Foundations of mathematical logic, McGraw-Hill, 1961

    Google Scholar 

  145. Grzegorczyk, A.: An outline of mathematical logic, Reidel, 1974.

    Google Scholar 

  146. Nevalinna, R.: Analytic functions, Springer, 1970 (translated from the German).

    Google Scholar 

  147. Hayman, W.: Meromorphic functions, Oxford Univ. Press, 1964.

    Google Scholar 

  148. Gol’dberg, A.A. and Ostrovskii, I.V.: Distribution of the values of meromorphic functions, Moscow, 1970 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  149. Lyusternik, L.A. and Sobolev, V.I.: Elements of functional analysis, Hindustan Publ. Comp., 1974 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  150. Akhiezer, N.I. and Glazman, I.M.: Theory of linear operators in a Hilbert space, 1-2, Pitman, 1981 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  151. Dunford, N. and Schwartz, J.: Linear operators, 1-2, Interscience, 1958-1963.

    Google Scholar 

  152. Riesz, F. and Szökefalvi-Nagy, B.: Functional analysis, F. Ungar, 1955 (translated from the French).

    Google Scholar 

  153. Coddington, E.A. and Levinson, N.: Theory of ordinary differential equations, McGraw-Hill, 1955.

    Google Scholar 

  154. Kamke, E.: Differentialgleichungen: Lösungsmethoden und Lösungen, 1, Chelsea, reprint, 1971.

    Google Scholar 

  155. Ovsyannikov, L.V.: Group analysis of differential equations, Acad. Press, 1982 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  156. Cohn, P.M.: Universal algebra, Reidel, 1981.

    Google Scholar 

  157. Kurosh, A.G.: The theory of groups, 1-2, Chelsea, 1955-1956 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  158. Magnus, W., Karras, A. and Solitar, D.: Combinatorial group theory: presentations of groups in terms of generators and relations, Interscience, 1966.

    Google Scholar 

  159. Arkhangel’skiĭ, A.V. and Ponomarev, V.I.: Fundamentals of general topology: problems and exercises, Reidel, 1984 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  160. Zaanen, A.C.: Linear analysis, North-Holland, 1956.

    Google Scholar 

  161. Jörgens, K.: Lineare Integraloperatoren, Teubner, 1970.

    Google Scholar 

  162. Donin, I.F.: ‘Construction of a versal family of deformations for holomorphic bundles over a compact complex space’, Math. USSR Sb. 23, no. 3 (1974), 405–416. (Mat. Sb. 94, no. 3 (1974), 430-443)

    Google Scholar 

  163. Douady, A.: ‘Le problème des modules pour les sous-espaces analytiques compacts d’un espace analytique donné’, Ann. Inst. Fourier 16 (1966), 1–95.

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  164. Douady, A.: ‘Le problème des modules locaux pour les espaces C-analytiques compacts’, Ann. Sci. Ecole Norm. Sup. 7, no. 4 (1974), 569–602.

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  165. Grauert, H.: ‘Ueber die Deformation isolierter Singularitäten analytischer Menge’, Invent. Math. 15, no. 3 (1972), 171–198.

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  166. Grauert, H.: ‘Der Satz von Kuranishi für kompakte komplexe Räume’, Invent. Math. 25, no. 2 (1974), 107–142.

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  167. Kodaira, K. and Spencer, D.C.: ‘On deformations of complex-analytic structures F, Ann. of Math. 67, no. 2 (1958), 328–401.

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  168. Kodaira, K. and Spencer, D.C.: ‘On deformations of complex-analytic structures II’, Ann. of Math. 67, no. 3 (1958), 403–466.

    MathSciNet  Google Scholar 

  169. Kodaira, K. and Spencer, D.C.: ‘On deformations of complex-analytic structures III’, Ann. of Math. 71, no. 1 (1960), 43–76.

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  170. Kuranishi, M.: ‘New proof for the existence of locally complete families of complex structures’, in Proc. Conf. Complex Analysis, Minneapolis, 1964, Springer, 1965, pp. 142-154.

    Google Scholar 

  171. Moolgavkar, S.H.: ‘On the existence of a universal germ of deformations for elliptic pseudogroup structures on compact manifolds’, Trans. Amer. Math. Soc. 212, no. 485 (1975), 173–197.

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  172. Palamodov, V.P.: ‘Deformations of complex spaces’, Russian Math. Surveys 31, no. 3 (1976), 129–197. (Usphekhi Mat. Nauk 31 (1976), 129-194)

    MathSciNet  Google Scholar 

  173. Schlessinger, M.: ‘Functors of Artin rings’, Trans. Amer. Math. Soc. 130 (1968), 208–222.

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  174. Gasqui, J. and Goldschmidt, H.: ‘Complexes of differential operators and symmetric spaces’, in M. Hazewinkel and M. Gerstenhaber (eds.): Deformation theory of algebras and structures and applications, Kluwer, 1988, pp. 797-828.

    Google Scholar 

  175. Gasqui, J. and Goldschmidt, H.:’ some rigidity results in the deformation theory of symmetric spaces’, in M. Hazewinkel and M. Gerstenhaber (eds.): Deformation theory of algebras and structures and applications, Kluwer, 1988, pp. 839-851.

    Google Scholar 

  176. Gasqui, J. and Goldschmidt, H.: Deformations infinitesimals des structures conformes plates, Birkhäuser, 1984.

    Google Scholar 

  177. Hermann, R.: ‘Geometric and Lie-theoretic principles in pure and applied deformation theory’, in M. Hazewinkel and M. Gerstenhaber (eds.): Deformation theory of algebras and structures and applications, Kluwer, 1988, pp. 701-796.

    Google Scholar 

  178. Pommaret, J.F.: ‘Deformation theory of geometric and algebraic structures’, in M. Hazewinkel and M. Gerstenhaber (eds.): Deformation theory of algebras and structures and applications, Kluwer, 1988, pp. 829-838.

    Google Scholar 

  179. Kodaira, K.: Complex manifolds and deformations of complex structures, Springer, 1986.

    Google Scholar 

  180. Artin, M.: ‘Algebraic approximation of structures over complete local rings’, Publ. Math. IHES 36 (1969), 23–58.

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  181. Dolgachev, I.V. and Iskovskikh, V.A.: ‘Geometry of algebraic varieties’, Russian Math. Surveys 5, no. 6 (1976), 803–864. (Itogi Nauk. i Tekhn. Algebra Topol. Geom. 12 (1974), 77-170)

    MATH  Google Scholar 

  182. Schlessinger, M.: ‘Functors of Artin rings’, Trans. Amer. Math. Soc. 130 (1968), 208–222.

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  183. Grothendieck, A. (ed.): Révètement étales et groupe fondamental, SGA 7, Lecture notes in mathematics, 224, Springer, 1971.

    Google Scholar 

  184. Rim, D.S.: ‘Formal deformation theory’, in A. Grothendieck (ed.): Groupes de monodromie en géométrie algébrique, SGA 7, Lecture notes in mathematics, 288, Springer, 1972, pp. 32-132.

    Google Scholar 

  185. Mumford, D.: O. Zariski (ed.): Algebraic surfaces. Springer, 1971, pp. 118-128.

    Google Scholar 

  186. Nijenhuis, A. and Richardson, R.W., Jr.: ‘Cohomology and deformations in graded Lie algebras’, Bull. Amer. Math. Soc. 72, no. 1 (1966), 1–29.

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  187. Nuenhuis, A. and Richardson, R.W., Jr.: ‘Deformations of homomorphisms of Lie groups and Lie algebras’, Bull. Amer. Math. Soc. 73, no. 1 (1967), 175–179.

    MathSciNet  Google Scholar 

  188. Gerstenhaber, M.: ‘On the deformation of rings and algebras’, Ann. of Math. 79 (1964), 59–103.

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  189. Knudson, D.: ‘On the deformation of commutative algebras’, Trans. Amer. Math. Soc. 140 (1969), 55–70.

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  190. Inönü, E. and Wigner, E.P.: ‘On the contraction of groups and their representations’, Proc. Nat. Acad. Sci. USA 39, no. 6 (1953), 510–524.

    MATH  Google Scholar 

  191. Hermann, R.: Lie groups for physicists, Benjamin, 1966.

    Google Scholar 

  192. Gerstenhaber, M. and Shack, D.: ‘Algebraic cohomology and deformation theory’, in M. Hazewinkel and M. Gerstenhaber (eds.): Deformation theory of algebras and structures and applications, Kluwer, 1988, pp. 11-264.

    Google Scholar 

  193. Rochberg, R.: ‘Deformation theory for algebras of analytic functions’, in M. Hazewinkel and M. Gerstenhaber (eds.): Deformation theory of algebras and structures and applications, Kluwer, 1988, pp. 501-536.

    Google Scholar 

  194. Christensen, E.: ‘Close operator algebras’, in M. Hazewinkel and M. Gerstenhaber (eds.): Deformation theory of algebras and structures and applications, Kluwer, 1988, pp. 537-556.

    Google Scholar 

  195. Jarosz, K.: Perturbations of Banach algebras, Springer, 1985.

    Google Scholar 

  196. Johnson, B.E.: ‘Perturbations of multiplication and homomorphisms’, in M. Hazewinkel and M. Gerstenhaber (eds.): Deformation theory of algebras and structures and applications, Kluwer, 1988, pp. 565-579.

    Google Scholar 

  197. Lichnerowicz, A.: ‘Applications of the deformations of algebraic structures to geometry and mathematical physics’, in M. Hazewinkel and M. Gerstenhaber (eds.): Deformation theory of algebras and structures and applications, Kluwer, 1988, pp. 855-896.

    Google Scholar 

  198. Bayen, F., Flato, M., Fronsdal, G, Lichnerowicz, A. and Sternheimer, D.: ‘Deformation theory and quantization’, Ann. of Physics 111 (1978), 61–110; 111-151.

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  199. de Wilde, M. and Lecomte, P.: ‘Invariant deformations of the Poisson Lie algebra of a symplectic manifold and starproducts’, in M. Hazewinkel and M. Gerstenhaber (eds.): Deformation theory of algebras and structures and applications, Kluwer, 1988, pp. 897-960.

    Google Scholar 

  200. Goze, M.: ‘Perturbations of Lie algebra structures’, in M. Hazewinkel and M. Gerstenhaber (eds.): Deformation theory of algebras and structures and applications, Kluwer, 1988, pp. 265-356.

    Google Scholar 

  201. Ancochea Bermudez, J.M.: ‘On the rigidity of solvable Lie algebras’, in M. Hazewinkel and M. Gerstenhaber (eds.): Deformation theory of algebras and structures and applications, Kluwer, 1988, pp. 403-446.

    Google Scholar 

  202. Babbitt, D.G. and Varadarajan, V.S.: ‘Local isoformal deformation theory for meromorphic differential equations near an irregular singularity’, in M. Hazewinkel and M. Gerstenhaber (eds.): Deformation theory of algebras and structures and applications, Kluwer, 1988, pp. 583-700.

    Google Scholar 

  203. Hazewinkel, M. and Gerstenhaber, M. (eds.): Deformation theory of algebras and structures and applications, Kluwer, 1988.

    Google Scholar 

  204. Kagan, V.F.: Foundations of the theory of surfaces, 2, Moscow-Leningrad, 1948 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  205. Shulikovskiĭ, V.I.: Classical differential geometry in a tensor setting, Moscow, 1963 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  206. Efimov, N.V.: ‘Qualitative problems of the ‘local’ deformation of surfaces’, Trudy Mat. Inst. Steklov. 30 (1949) (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  207. Efimov, N.V.: ‘Qualitative problems of the theory of deformation of surfaces’, Uspekhi Mat. Nauk 2, no. 3 (1948), 47–158 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  208. Pogorelov, A.V.: Die Verbiegung konvexer Flächen, Akademie-Verlag, 1957 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  209. Blaschke, W.: Vorlesungen über Differentialgeometrie und geometrische Grundlagen von Einsteins Relativitätstheorie. Elementare Differentialgeometrie, 1, Springer, 1921.

    Google Scholar 

  210. Cohn-Vossen, S.E.: Some problems of differential geometry in the large, Moscow, 1959 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  211. Pogorelov, A.V.: Extrinsic geometry of convex surfaces, Amer. Math. Soc., 1973 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  212. Huck, H., Roitsch, R., Simon, U., Vortisch, W., Walden, R., Wegner, B. and Wendland, W.: Beweismethoden der Differentialgeometrie im Grossen, Springer, 1973.

    Google Scholar 

  213. Efimov, N.V.: Flachenverbiegung im Grössen, Akad. Verlag, 1957 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  214. Bianchi, L.: Vorlesungen über Differentialgeometrie, Teubner, 1910.

    Google Scholar 

  215. Darboux, G.: Leçons sur la théorie générale des surfaces, 1-4, Chelsea, reprint, 1972.

    Google Scholar 

  216. Hilbert, D.: ‘Ueber Flächen von konstanter Gausscher Krümmung’, Trans. Amer. Math. Soc. 2 (1901), 87–99.

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  217. Peterson, K.M.: Mat. Sb. 1 (1866), 391–438.

    Google Scholar 

  218. Kagan, V.F.: Foundations of the theory of surfaces, Moscow-Leningrad, 1948, Chapt. 2 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  219. Finikov, S.P.: Deformation over a principal base and related problems in geometry, Moscow-Leningrad, 1937 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  220. Luzin, N.N.: ‘Proof of a theorem in deformation theory’, Izv. Akad. Nauk. SSSR Otd Tekhn. Nauk 2 (1939), 81–105 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  221. Luzin, N.N.: ‘Proof of a theorem in deformation theory’, Izv. Akad. Nauk. SSSR Otd Tekhn. Nauk 7 (1939), 115–132 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  222. Luzin, N.N.: ‘Proof of a theorem in deformation theory’, Izv. Akad. Nauk. SSSR Otd Tekhn. Nauk 10 (1939), 65–84 (in Russian)

    Google Scholar 

  223. Landau, L.D. and Lifshits, E.M.: Theory of elasticity, Pergamon, 1959 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  224. [Soviet]_Physical Encyclopedic Dictionary, 1, Moscow, 1960, p. 553 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  225. Eringen, A.C.: Mechanics of continua, Pergamon, 1967.

    Google Scholar 

  226. Bendixson, I.: ‘Sur les courbes définies par des équations différentielles’, Acta Math. 24 (1901), 1–88.

    MathSciNet  Google Scholar 

  227. Andronov, A.A., Leontovich, E.A., Gordon, I.I. and Maier, A.G.: Qualitative theory of second-order dynamic systems, Wiley, 1973 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  228. Frommer, M.: ‘Die Integralkurven einer gewöhnlichen Differentialgleichung erster Ordnung in der Umgebung rationaler Unbestimmtheitsstellen’, Math. Ann. 99 (1928), 222–272.

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  229. Nemytskii, V.V. and Stepanov, V.V.: Qualitative theory of differential equations, Princeton Univ. Press, 1960 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  230. Bryuno, A.A.: ‘Stepwise asymptotic solutions of non-linear systems’, Izv. Akad. Nauk SSSR Ser. Mat. 29 (1965), 329–364 (in Russian).

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  231. Hirsch, M.W. and Smale, S.: Differential equations, dynamical systems and linear algebra, Acad. Press, 1974.

    Google Scholar 

  232. Hale, J.K.: Ordinary differential equations, Wiley, 1980.

    Google Scholar 

  233. Dresher, M., Karlin, S. and Shapley, L.S.: ‘Polynomial games’, in Contributions to the theory of games I, Ann. Math. Studies, Vol. 24, Princeton Univ. Press, 1950, pp. 161-180.

    Google Scholar 

  234. Gale, D. and Gross, O.: ‘A note on polynomial and separable games’, Pacific J. Math. 8, no. 4 (1958), 735–741.

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  235. Mikhlin, S.G.: Linear integral equations, Hindushtan Publ.

    Google Scholar 

  236. Moiseiwrrsch, B.L.: Integral equations, Longman, 1977.

    Google Scholar 

  237. Hochstadt, H.: Integral equations, Wiley (Interscience), 1973.

    Google Scholar 

  238. Kantorovich, L.V. and Krylov, V.I.: Approximate methods of higher analysis, Noordhoff, 1958 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  239. Zabreyko, P.P., et al.: Integral equations-a reference text, Noordhoff, 1958 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  240. Goldberg, S. and Gohberg, I. [I. Gokhberg]: Basic operator theory, Birkhäuser, 1981.

    Google Scholar 

  241. Hochstadt, H.: Integral equations, Wiley (Interscience), 1973, Sect. 2.5.

    Google Scholar 

  242. Goldberg, S. and Gohberg, I. [I. Gokhberg]: Basic operator theory, Birkhäuser, 1981.

    Google Scholar 

  243. Kantorovich, L.V. and Krylov, V.I.: Approximate methods of higher analysis, Noordhoff, 1958 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  244. Zabretko, P.P., et al.: Integral equations-a reference text, Noordhoff, 1958 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  245. Kantorovich, L.V. and Krylov, V.I.: Approximate methods of higher analysis, Noordhoff, 1958 (translated from the Russain).

    Google Scholar 

  246. Baker, C.T.H.: The numerical treatment of integral equations, Clarendon Press, 1977, Chapt. 4.

    Google Scholar 

  247. Atkinson, K.E.: A survey of numerical methods for the solution of Fredholm integral equations of the second kind, SIAM, 1976.

    Google Scholar 

  248. Goldberg, S. and Gohberg, I. [I. Gokhberg]: Basic operator theory, Birkhäuser, 1981.

    Google Scholar 

  249. Moiseiwitsch, B.L.: Integral equations, Longman, 1977.

    Google Scholar 

  250. Oleĭnik, O.A. and Radkevich, E.V.:’ second-order equations with nonnegative form’, Itogi Nauk. Mat. Anal. (1971), 7-252 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  251. Smirnov, M.M.: Degenerate elliptic and hyperbolic equations, Moscow, 1966 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  252. Gel’fand, I.M. and Naĭmark, N.A.: Unitàre Darstellungen der Klassischen Gruppen, Akademie Verlag, 1957 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  253. Gross, K.I.: ‘The dual of a parabolic subgroup and a degenerate principal series of Sp(n, C)’ Amer. J. Math. 93, no. 2 (1971), 398–428.

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  254. Speh, B. and Vogan, D.A., jr.: ‘Reducibility of general principal series representations’. Acta Math. 145 (1980), 227–299.

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  255. Vogan, D.A., jr.: ‘The unitary dual of GL(n) over an archimedean field’, Invent Math. 83 (1986), 449–505.

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  256. Ney, P.E. and Athreya, K.B.: Branching processes, Springer, 1972.

    Google Scholar 

  257. Harris, T.E.: The theory of branching processes, Springer, 1963.

    Google Scholar 

  258. Dold, A.: Lectures on algebraic topology, Springer, 1980.

    Google Scholar 

  259. Milnor, J.: Topology from the differentiable viewpoint, Univ. Press of Virginia, 1965.

    Google Scholar 

  260. Arnol’d, V.I., Varchenko, A.N. and Husein-Zade, S.M.: Singularities of differentiable maps, Birkhäuser, 1985 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  261. Eisenbud, D. and Levine, H.: ‘An algebraic formula for the degree of a C map germ’, Ann. of Math. 106, no. 1 (1977), 19–38.

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  262. Wallace, A.: Differential topology, Benjamin, 1968.

    Google Scholar 

  263. Coolidge, J.L.: A treatise on the circle and the sphere, Clarendon Press, 1916.

    Google Scholar 

  264. Rogers, jr., H.: Theory of recursive functions and effective computability, McGraw-Hill, 1967.

    Google Scholar 

  265. Shoenfield, J.: Degrees of unsolvability, North-Holland, 1971.

    Google Scholar 

  266. Sacks, G.E.: Degrees of unsohability, Princeton Univ. Press, 1963.

    Google Scholar 

  267. Muchnik, A.A.: ‘On the unsolvability of the reducibility problem in the theory of algorithms’, Dokl. Akad. Nauk SSSR 108, no. 2 (1956), 194–197 (in Russian).

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  268. Friedberg, R.M.: ‘Two recursively enumerable sets of incomparible degrees of unsolvability (solution of Post’s problem)’, Proc. Nat. Acad Sci. USA 43 (1957), 236–238.

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  269. Lachlan, A.H.: ‘Distributive intial segments of the degrees of unsolvability’, Z Math. Logik und Grundl. Math. 14 (1968), 457–472.

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  270. Dehn, M.: ‘Ueber die Topologie des dreidimensionalen Raumes’, Math. Ann. 69 (1910), 137–168.

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  271. Papakyriakopoulos, C.D.: ‘On Dehn’s lemma and the asphericity of knots’, Ann. of Math. 66 (1957), 1–26.

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  272. Stallings, J.: Group theory and three-dimensional manifolds, Yale Univ. Press, 1971.

    Google Scholar 

  273. Massey, W.S.: Algebraic topology: an introduction, Springer, 1977.

    Google Scholar 

  274. Hurwitz, A. and Courant, R.: Vorlesungen über allgemeine Funktionentheorie und elliptische Funktionen, Springer, 1964, Chapt. 3, Abschnitt 2.

    Google Scholar 

  275. Bateman, H. and Erdélyi, A.: Higher transcendental functions. Bessel functions, 2, McGraw-Hill, 1953, Chapt. 13.

    Google Scholar 

  276. Schwartz, L.: Théorie des distributions, Hermann, 1966.

    Google Scholar 

  277. Gelfand, I.M. and Shilov, G.F.: Generalized functions, 1. Properties and operations, Acad. Press, 1964.

    Google Scholar 

  278. Ivanenko, D. and Sokolov, A.: Classical field theory, Mosow-Leningrad, 1951 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  279. Morse, P.M. and Feshbach, H.: Methods of theoretical physics, McGraw-Hill, 1953.

    Google Scholar 

  280. Demoulin, A.: ‘Sur la théorie des lignes asymptotiques, etc.’, C.R. Acod. Sci. Paris 147 (1908), 493–496.

    Google Scholar 

  281. Bol, G.: Projektive Differentialgeometrie, 2, Vandenhoeck & Ruprecht, 1954.

    Google Scholar 

  282. Lane, E.P.: A treatise on projective differential geometry, Univ. of Chicago Press, 1942.

    Google Scholar 

  283. Demoulin, A.: ‘Sur les surfaces R et les surfaces Ω’, C.R. Acad Sci. Paris 153 (1911), 590–593.

    MATH  Google Scholar 

  284. Demouun, A.: ‘Sur les surfaces R et les surfaces Ω’, C.R. Acad. Sci. Paris 153 (1911), 705–707.

    Google Scholar 

  285. Demouun, A.: ‘Sur les surfaces R’, C.R. Acad Sci. Paris 153 (1911), 797–799.

    Google Scholar 

  286. Demouun, A.: ‘Sur les surfaces Ω’ C.R. Acad Sci. Paris 153 (1911), 927–929.

    Google Scholar 

  287. Finikov, S.P.: Projective-differential geometry, Moscow-Leningrad, 1937 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  288. Norden, A.P.: Spaces with an affine connection, Nauka, Moscow-Leningrad, 1976 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  289. Bol, G.: Projektive Differentialgeometrie, 2, Vandenhoeck & Ruprecht, 1954.

    Google Scholar 

  290. Lane, E.P.: A treatise on projective differential geometry, Univ. of Chicago Press, 1942.

    Google Scholar 

  291. Demoulin, A.: ‘Sut les systèmes conjugués persistants’, C.R. Acad. Sci. Paris 133 (1901), 986–990.

    Google Scholar 

  292. Finkov, S.P.: Bending and related geometrical problems, Moscow-Leningrad, 1937 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  293. Kervaire, M.: ‘A manifold which does not admit any differentiable structure’, Comment. Math. Helv. 34 (1960), 257–270.

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  294. Kervaire, M. and Milnor, J.: ‘Groups of homotopy spheres. I’ Ann. of Math. 77, no. 3 (1963), 504–537.

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  295. Milnor, J.: ‘Differential topology’, in Lectures on modern mathematics, Vol. II, Wiley, 1964, pp. 165-183.

    Google Scholar 

  296. Hirzebruch, F., Neumann, W.D. and Koh, S.S.: Differentiable manifolds and quadratic forms, M. Dekker, 1971.

    Google Scholar 

  297. Browder, W.: Surgery on simply-connected manifolds, Springer, 1972.

    Google Scholar 

  298. Mandelbaum, R.: ‘Four-dimensional topology: an introduction’, Bull. Amer. Math. Soc. 2, no. 1 (1980), 1–159.

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  299. Denjoy, A.: ‘Une extension de l’integrale de M. Lebesgue’, C.R. Acad. Sci. 154 (1912), 859–862.

    MATH  Google Scholar 

  300. Denjoy, A.: ‘Calcul de la primitive de la fonction dérivée la plus générale’, C.R. Acad Sci. 154 (1912), 1075–1078.

    MATH  Google Scholar 

  301. Denjoy, A.: ‘Sur la dérivation et son calcul inverse’, C.R. Acad Sci. 162 (1916), 377–380.

    MATH  Google Scholar 

  302. Khintchine, A.Ya. [A.Ya. Khinchin]: ‘Sur une extension de l’integrale de M. Denjoy’, C.R. Acad Sci. 162 (1916), 287–291.

    MATH  Google Scholar 

  303. Khinchin, A.Ya.: ‘On the process of Denjoy integration’, Mat. Sb. 30 (1918), 543–557 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  304. Denjoy, A.: Leçons sur le calcul des coefficients d’une série trigonométrique, 1-4, Gauthier-Villars, 1941-1949.

    Google Scholar 

  305. Vinogradova, I.A. and Skvortsov, V.A.: ‘Generalized Fourier series and integrals’, J. Soviet Math. 1 (1973), 677–703. (Itogi Nauk. Mat. Anal. 1970 (1971), 65-107)

    MATH  Google Scholar 

  306. Saks, S.: Theory of the integral, Hafner, 1952 (translated from the Polish).

    Google Scholar 

  307. Choquet, G.: Outils topologiques et métriques de l’analyse mathématique, Centre de Documentation Univ. Paris, 1969.

    Google Scholar 

  308. Denjoy, A.: ‘Sur l’absolue convergence des séries trigonométriques’, C.R. Acad. Sci. 155 (1912), 135–136.

    MATH  Google Scholar 

  309. Luzin, N.N.: Mat. Sb. 28 (1912), 461–472.

    Google Scholar 

  310. Bary, N.K. [N.K. Bari]: A treatise on trigonometric series, Pergamon, 1964 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  311. Zygmund, A.: Trigonometric series, 1-2, Cambridge Univ. Press, 1979.

    Google Scholar 

  312. Denjoy, A.: ‘Mémoire sur les nombres dérivés des fonctions continues’, J. Math. Pures Appl. (7) 1 (1915), 105–240.

    Google Scholar 

  313. Saks, S.: Theory of the integral, Hafner, 1952 (translated from the Polish).

    Google Scholar 

  314. Saks, S.: ‘Sur les nombres dérivées des fonctions’, Fund. Math. 5(1924), 98–104.

    Google Scholar 

  315. Young, G.C.: Quart. J. Math. 47 (1916), 148–153.

    Google Scholar 

  316. Young, G.C.: ‘On the derivatives of a function’, Proc. London Math. Soc. (2) 15 (1916), 360–384.

    MATH  Google Scholar 

  317. Davenport, H.: Multiplicative number theory, Springer, 1980.

    Google Scholar 

  318. Lavrik, A.F.: ‘A survey of Linnik’s large sieve and the density theory of zeros of L-functions’, Russian Math. Surveys 35, no. 2 (1980), 63–76. (Uspekhi Mat. Nauk 35, no. 2 (1980), 55-65)

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  319. Vinogradov, A.I.: ‘The density hypothesis for Dirichlet L-series’, Izv. Akad. Nauk SSSR Ser. Mat. 29 (1965), 903–934 (in Russian).

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  320. Vinogradov, A.I.: ‘Correction to The density hypothesis for Dirichlet L-series’, Izv. Akad. Nauk SSSR Ser. Mat. 30 (1966), 719–720 (in Russian).

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  321. Bombieri, E.: ‘On the large sieve’, Mathematika 12 (1965), 201–225.

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  322. Landau, L.D. and Lifshitz, E.M.: Statistical physics, Pergamon, 1980 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  323. Ruelle, D.: Statistical mechanics: rigorous results, Benjamin, 1974.

    Google Scholar 

  324. Prachar, K.: Primzahlverteilung, Springer, 1957.

    Google Scholar 

  325. Davenport, H.: Multiplicative number theory, Springer, 1980.

    Google Scholar 

  326. Halberstam, H. and Richert, H.-E.: Sieve methods, Acad. Press, 1974.

    Google Scholar 

  327. Ivic, A.: The Riemann zeta-function, Wiley, 1985.

    Google Scholar 

  328. Prohorov, Yu.V. [Yu.V. Prokhorov]_and Rozanov, Yu.A.: Probability theory. Springer, 1969 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  329. Feller, W.: An introduction to probability theory and its applications, 2, Wiley, 1971.

    Google Scholar 

  330. Lehmann, E.I.: Testing statistical hypothesis, Wiley, 1986.

    Google Scholar 

  331. Gel’fond, A.O. and Linnik, Yu.V.: Elementary methods in the analytic theory of numbers, M.I.T., 1966 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  332. Ostmann, H.H.: Additive Zahlentheorie, Springer, 1956.

    Google Scholar 

  333. Natanson, I.P.: Theorie der Funktionen einer reellen Veränderlichen, H. Deutsch, Frankfurt a.M., 1961 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  334. Saks, S.: Theory of the integral, Hafner, 1952 (translated from the Polish).

    Google Scholar 

  335. Tall, F.D.: ‘The density topology’, Pacific J. Math. 62 (1976), 275–284.

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  336. Prachar, K.: Primzahlverteilung, Springer, 1957.

    Google Scholar 

  337. Davenport, H.: Multiplicative number theory, Springer, 1980.

    Google Scholar 

  338. Lavrik, A.F.: ‘A survey of Linnik’s large sieve and the density theory of zeros of L-functions’ Russian Math. Surveys 35, no. 2 (1980), 63–76. (Uspekhi Mat. Nauk 35, no. 2 (1980), 55-65)

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  339. Ivic, A.: The Riemann zeta-function, Wiley, 1985.

    Google Scholar 

  340. Riordan, J.: An introduction to combinatorial analysis, Wiley, 1958.

    Google Scholar 

  341. Auslander, M. and Buchsbaum, D.A.: ‘Homological dimension in Noetherian rings’, Froc. Nat. Acad. Sci. USA 42 (1956), 36–38.

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  342. Serre, J.-P.: Algèbre locale. Multiplicités, Springer, 1965.

    Google Scholar 

  343. Grothendieck, A.: Cohomologie locale des faisceaux cohérents et théorèmes de Lefschetz locaux et globaux, Sem. Géom. Alg., 2, IHES, 1965.

    Google Scholar 

  344. Bourbaki, N.: Algebra, Addison-Wesley, 1973 (translated from the French).

    Google Scholar 

  345. Jacobson, N.: The theory of rings, Amer. Math. Soc., 1943.

    Google Scholar 

  346. Lang, S.: Algebra, Addison-Wesley, 1974.

    Google Scholar 

  347. Mordeson, J. and Vinograde, B.: Strucuture of arbitrary purely inseparable extension fields, Springer, 1970.

    Google Scholar 

  348. Kleene, S.C.: Introduction to metamathematics, North-Holland, 1951.

    Google Scholar 

  349. Mathematical theory of logical deduction, Moscow, 1967 (in Russian). Bundle of translations.

    Google Scholar 

  350. Grzegorczyk, A.: An outline of mathematical logic, Reidei, 1974.

    Google Scholar 

  351. Rosser, J.B.: Logic for mathematicians, McGraw-Hill, 1953.

    Google Scholar 

  352. Shafarevich, I.R.: Basic algebraic geometry, Springer, 1977 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  353. Grothendieck, A.: Revêtements étales et groupe fondamentale, Springer, 1971.

    Google Scholar 

  354. Grothendieck, A.: ‘Eléments de géométrie algébrique IV. Etude locale des schemes et des morphismes de schémes’, Publ. Math. IHES 20 (1964).

    Google Scholar 

  355. Kahler, E.: Algebra und Differentialrechnung, Deutsch. Verlag Wissenschaft., 1958.

    Google Scholar 

  356. Hartshorne, R.: Algebraic geometry, Springer, 1977.

    Google Scholar 

  357. Choquet, G.: Outils topologiques et métriques de l’analyse mathématique, Centre de Documentation Univ. Paris, 1969.

    Google Scholar 

  358. Kakutani, S.: ‘Induced measure preserving transformations’, Proa Japan. Acad. 19 (1943), 635–641.

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  359. Petersen, K.: Ergodic theory, Cambridge Univ. Press, 1983, p. 39.

    Google Scholar 

  360. Beilinson, A.A., Bernstein, J. and Deligne, P.: ‘Faisceaux pervers’, Astérisque. Analyse et topologie sur les espaces singuliers (I) 100 (1982).

    Google Scholar 

  361. Borel, A., et al.: Intersection cohomology, Birkhäuser, 1984.

    Google Scholar 

  362. Deligne, P.: ‘Cohomology à supports propres’, in Sem. Geom. Alg. 4. Exp. 17, Lecture notes in math., Vol. 305, Springer, 1973, pp. 82-115.

    Google Scholar 

  363. Grivel, P.-P.: ‘Catégories dérivées et foncteurs dérivés’, in A. Borei et al. (eds.): Algebraic D-modules, Acad. Press, 1987, pp. 1-108.

    Google Scholar 

  364. Hartshorne, R.: Residues and duality, Springer, 1966.

    Google Scholar 

  365. Iversen, B.: Cohomology of sheaves, Springer, 1986.

    Google Scholar 

  366. Verdier, I.-L.: ‘Categories dérivées, Etat O’, in Sem. Geom. Alg. 41 /2. Cohomologie etale, Lecture notes in math., Vol. 569, Springer, 1977, pp. 262-311.

    Google Scholar 

  367. Verdier, J.-L.: Dualité dans la cohomologie des espaces localement compacts, Sem. Bourbaki. Exp 300, 1965-1966.

    Google Scholar 

  368. Kleene, S.C.: Introduction to metamathematics, North-Holland, 1951.

    Google Scholar 

  369. Bosse, A.: Manière universelle de m-r Desargues, pour pratiquer la perspective par petit-pied comme le geometral, Paris, 1648.

    Google Scholar 

  370. Hilbert, D.: Grundlagen der Geometrie, Springer, 1913.

    Google Scholar 

  371. Efimov, N.V.: Höhere Geometrie, Deutsch. Verlag Wissenschaft., 1960 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  372. Artin, E.: Geometric algebra, Interscience, 1957.

    Google Scholar 

  373. Pedoe, D.: A course of geometry, Cambridge Univ. Press, 1970.

    Google Scholar 

  374. Birkhoff, G.: Lattice theory, Colloq. Publ., 25, Amer. Math. Soc., 1973.

    Google Scholar 

  375. Buseman, H.: The geometry of geodesics, Acad. Press, 1955.

    Google Scholar 

  376. Pogorelov, A.V.: Hilbert’s fourth problem, Winston & Wiley, 1979 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  377. Hughes, D.R. and Piper, F.C.: Projectile planes, Springer, 1973.

    Google Scholar 

  378. Descartes, R.: Géométrie, Leyden, 1637.

    Google Scholar 

  379. Savelov, A.A.: Plane curves, Moscow, 1960 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  380. Lawrence, J.D.: A catalog of special plane curves, Dover, reprint, 1972.

    Google Scholar 

  381. Fladt, K.: Analytische Geometrie spezieller ebener Kurven, Akad. Verlagsgesell., 1962.

    Google Scholar 

  382. Kurosh, A.G.: Higher algebra, Mir, 1972 (translated from the Russian

    Google Scholar 

  383. Kostrkin, A.I.: Introduction to algebra, Springer, 1982 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  384. Kantorovich, L.V. and Akilov, G.P.: Functionalanalysis in normierten Räumen, Akad. Verlag, 1964 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  385. Zoutendijk, G.: Methods of feasible directions, Elsevier, 1970.

    Google Scholar 

  386. Pshenichnyĭ, B.N. and Danilin, Yu.M.: Numerical methods in extremal problems, Mir, 1978 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  387. Polyak, B.T.: ‘Gradient methods for the minimization of functionals, USSR Comp. Math. Math. Physics 3, no. 4 (1963), 864–878. (Zh. Vychisl. Mat. i Mat. Fiz. 3, no. 4 (1963), 643-654

    Google Scholar 

  388. Ortega, J.M. and Rheinboldt, W.C.: Iterative solution of nonlinear equations in several variables, Acad. Press, 1970.

    Google Scholar 

  389. Monge, G.: Géométrie descriptive, Paris, 1820.

    Google Scholar 

  390. Glagolev, N.A.: Descriptive geometry, Moscow, 1953 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  391. A course of descriptive geometry, Moscow, 1956.

    Google Scholar 

  392. Rehbock, F.: Darstellende Geometrie, Springer, 1969.

    Google Scholar 

  393. Leighton Wellman, B.: Technical descriptive geometry, McGraw-Hill, 1957.

    Google Scholar 

  394. Bret, M.: Images de synthèse. Méthodes et algorithmes pour la réalisation d’images numériques, Dunod, 1988.

    Google Scholar 

  395. Penna, M.A. and Patterson, R.R.: Projective geometry and its applications to computer graphics, Prentice Hall, 1986.

    Google Scholar 

  396. Aleksandroff, P.S. [P.S. Aleksandrov]: ‘Sur la puissance des ensembles mesurables B’, C.R Acad Sci. Paris 162 (1916), 323–325.

    Google Scholar 

  397. Souslin, M. Ya. [M.Ya. Suslin]: ‘Sur une définition des ensembles measurables B sans nombres transfinis’, C.R Acad. Sci. Paris 164 (1917), 88–90.

    MATH  Google Scholar 

  398. Lusin, N.N. [N.N. Luzin]: Leçons sur les ensembles analytique, Gauthier-Villars, 1930.

    Google Scholar 

  399. Lyapunov, A.A.: ‘On P.S. Novikov’s work in the field of descriptive set theory’, Proc. Steklov Inst. Math. 33 (1973), 9–20. (Trudy Mat. Inst. Steklov. 133(1973), 11-22)

    Google Scholar 

  400. Ochan, Yu. S.: ‘The theory of operations over sets’, Uspekhi Mat. Nauk 10, no. 3 (1955), 71–128 (in Russian).

    MATH  Google Scholar 

  401. Kuratowski, K.: Topology, 1, Acad. Press, 1966 (translated from the French).

    Google Scholar 

  402. Aleksandrov, P.S.: Fund Math. 5 (1924), 160–165.

    Google Scholar 

  403. Kolmogorov, A.N.: Mat. Sb. 35, no. 3-4 (1925), 415–422.

    Google Scholar 

  404. Hausdorff, F.: Grundzüge der Mengenlehre, Leipzig, 1914. Reprinted (incomplete) English translation: Set theory, Chelsea (1978).

    Google Scholar 

  405. Ljapunow, A.A. [A.A. Lyapunov], Stschegolkow, E.A. [E.A. Shchegolkov] and Arsenin, W.J. [V.Ya. Arsenin]: Arbeiten zur deskriptiven Mengenlehre, Deutsch. Verlag Wissenschaft., 1955 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  406. Ponomarev, V.I.: ‘Borei sets in perfectly normal bicompacta’, Soviet Math. Dokl. 7, no. 5 (1966), 1236–12. (Dokl. Akad. Nauk SSSR 170, no. 3 (1966), 520-523)

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  407. Aleksandrov, P.S. and Urysohn, P.S.: ‘Ueber nulldimensionalen Punktmengen’, Math. Ann. 98 (1927), 89–106.

    Google Scholar 

  408. Keldysh, L.V.: Trudy Mat. Inst. Steklov. 17 (1945), 1–76.

    Google Scholar 

  409. Michael, E. and Stone, A.H.: ‘Quotients of the space of irrationals’, Pacific J. Math. 28, no. 3 (1969), 629–633.

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  410. Arkhangel’skiĭ, A.V.: ‘Open and near open mappings. Connections between spaces’, Trans. Moscow Math. Soc. 15 (1966), 204–250. (Trudy Moskov. Mat. Obshch. 15(1966), 181-223)

    Google Scholar 

  411. Stone, A.H.: ‘Non-separable Borei sets II’, General Topology and its Applications 2 (1972), 249–270.

    MATH  Google Scholar 

  412. Frolik, Z.: ‘A survey of separable descriptive theory of sets and spaces’, Czechoslovak. Math. 20 (1970), 406–467.

    MathSciNet  Google Scholar 

  413. Sierpinski, W.: Les ensembles projectifs et analytiques, Gauthier-Villars, 1950.

    Google Scholar 

  414. Bourbaki, N.: Elements of mathematics. General topology, 2, Addison-Wesley, 1966 (translated from the French).

    Google Scholar 

  415. Choquet, G.: Outils topologiques et métriques de l’analyse mathématique, Centre de Documentation Univ. Paris, 1969.

    Google Scholar 

  416. Christensen, J.P.R.: Topology and Borei structure, North-Holland, 1977.

    Google Scholar 

  417. Dellacherie, C. and Meyer, P.A.: Probabilities and potential, 1-3, North-Holland, 1978-1988 (translated from the French).

    Google Scholar 

  418. Barwise, J. (ed.): Handbook of mathematical logic, North-Holland, 1977.

    Google Scholar 

  419. Kechris, A.S. and Louveau, A.: Descriptive set theory and the structure of sets of uniqueness, Cambridge Univ. Press, 1988.

    Google Scholar 

  420. Louveau, A.: ‘Ensembles analytiques et boréliens dans les espaces produits’, Astérique 78 (1980).

    Google Scholar 

  421. Moschovakis, Y.N.: Descriptive set theory, North-Holland, 1980.

    Google Scholar 

  422. Rogers, C.A., Jayne, J.E., Dellacherie, C., Tøpsoe, F., Hoffman-Jørgensen, J., Martin, D.A., Kechris, A.S. and Stone, A.H.: Analytic sets, Acad. Press, 1980.

    Google Scholar 

  423. Mansfield, R. and Veitkamp, G.: Recursive aspects of descriptive set theory, Oxford Univ. Press, 1985.

    Google Scholar 

  424. Martin, D.A.: ‘Descriptive set theory: projective sets’, in J. Barwise (ed.): Handbook of mathematical logic, North-Holland, 1977, pp. 783-815.

    Google Scholar 

  425. Jech, T.: Set theory, Acad. Press, 1978, Chapt. 7.

    Google Scholar 

  426. Nalimov, V.V. and Chernova, N.A.: Statistical methods of designing extremal experiments, Moscow, 1965 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  427. Fedorov, V.V.: Theory of optimal experiments, Acad. Press, 1972 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  428. Hicks, C.: Basic principles of experiment design, Moscow, 1967 (in Russian; translated from the English).

    Google Scholar 

  429. Finney, D.: An introduction to the theory of experimental design, Univ. Chicago Press, 1960.

    Google Scholar 

  430. Kurosh, A.G.: Higher algebra, Mir, 1972 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  431. Kostrikin, A.I.: An introduction to algebra, Moscow, 1977 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  432. Efimov, N.V. and Rozendorn, E.R.: Linear algebra and multi-dimensional geometry, Moscow, 1970 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  433. Tyshkevich, R.I. and Fedenko, A.S.: Linear algebra and analytic geometry, Minsk, 1976 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  434. Artin, E.: Geometric algebra, Interscience, 1957.

    Google Scholar 

  435. Bourbaki, N.: Elements of mathematics. Algebra: Algebraic structures. Linear algebra, 1, Addison-Wesley, 1974, Chapt.1; 2 (translated from the French).

    Google Scholar 

  436. Kagan, V.F.: Foundations of the theory of determinants, Odessa, 1922 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  437. Dieudonné, J.A.: La géométrie des groups classiques, Springer, 1955.

    Google Scholar 

  438. Hoffman, K. and Kunze, R.: Linear algebra, Prentice Hall, 1961.

    Google Scholar 

  439. Koecher, M.: Lineare Algebra und analytische Geometrie, Springer, 1983.

    Google Scholar 

  440. Lang, S.: Linear algebra, Addison-Wesley, 1970.

    Google Scholar 

  441. Hochster, M. and Eagon, I.: ‘Cohen—Macaulay rings, invariant theory, and the generic perfection of detenninantal loci’, Amer. J. Math. 93, no. 4 (1971), 1020–1058.

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  442. Kleiman, S. and Landolfi, J.: ‘Geometry and deformation of Special Schubert varieties’, Compositio Math. 23 (1971), 407–434.

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  443. Laksov, D.: ‘Deformation of determinantal schemes’, Compositio Math. 30 (1975), 273–292.

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  444. Musili, G.: ‘Some properties of Schubert varieties’, J. Indian Math. Soc. 38 (1974), 131–145.

    MathSciNet  Google Scholar 

  445. Svanes, T.: ‘Coherent cohomology on Schubert subschemes of flag schemes and applications’, Adv. in Math. 14 (1974), 369–453.

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  446. Room, T.G.: Geometry of determinantal loci, Cambridge Univ. Press, 1938.

    Google Scholar 

  447. Hsiung, C.C.: A first course in differential geometry, Wiley, 1981.

    Google Scholar 

  448. Blaschke, W. and Leichtweiss, K.: Elementare Differentialgeometrie, Springer, 1973.

    Google Scholar 

  449. Chebyshev, P.L.: Complete collected works, 2, Moscow-Leningrad, 1947 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  450. Natanson, I.P.: Constructive function theory, 1-3, F. Ungar, 1964-1965 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  451. Goncharov, V.L.: The theory of interpolation and approximation of functions, Moscow, 1954 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  452. Achiezer, N.I. [N.I. Akhiezer]: Theory of approximation, F. Ungar, 1956 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  453. Nikol’skiĭ, S.M.: Approximation of functions of several variables and imbedding theorems, Springer, 1975 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  454. Cheney, E.W.: Introduction to approximation theory, Chelsea, reprint, 1982.

    Google Scholar 

  455. Schönhage, A.: Approximationstheorie, de Gruyter, 1971.

    Google Scholar 

  456. Hardy, G. H. and Wright, E.M.: An introduction to the theory of numbers, Oxford Univ. Press, 1979.

    Google Scholar 

  457. Perron, O.: Die Lehre von den Kettenbrüchen, I, Teubner, 1977.

    Google Scholar 

  458. Kargapolov, M.I. and Merzlyakov, Yu. I.: Fundamentals of the theory of groups, Springer, 1979 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  459. Borel, A.: Linear algebraic groups, Benjamin, 1969.

    Google Scholar 

  460. Singer, I.: Bases in Banach spaces, 1, Springer, 1970.

    Google Scholar 

  461. Wermer, J.: ‘On invariant subspaces of normal operators’, Proc. Amer. Math. Soc. 3, no. 2 (1952), 270–277.

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  462. Berg, I.D.: ‘An extension of the Weyl—von Neumann theorem to normal operators’, Trans. Amer. Math. Soc. 160 (1971), 365–371.

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  463. Takesaki, M.: Theory of operator algebras, 1, Springer, 1979, p. 259, 273.

    MathSciNet  Google Scholar 

  464. Halmos, P.R.: A Hilbert space problem book, Springer, 1982.

    Google Scholar 

  465. Cantor, G.: ‘Ueber eine Eigenschaft des Inbegriffes aller reelen algebraischen Zahlen’, in Gesammelte Abhandlungen, G. 01ms, 1932, pp. 115-118.

    Google Scholar 

  466. Cantor, G.: ‘Ueber eine Eigenschaft des Inbegriffes aller reelen algebraischen Zahlen’, J. Reine Angew. Math. 77 (1874), 258–262.

    Google Scholar 

  467. Kolmogorov, A.N. and Fomin, S.V.: Elements of the theory of functions and functional analysis, Graylock, 1957-1961, (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  468. Péter, R.: Rekursive Funktionen, Verlag Ungar. Akad. Wissenschaft., 1957.

    Google Scholar 

  469. Kleene, S.C.: Mathematical logic, Wiley, 1967.

    Google Scholar 

  470. Shoenfield, J.R.: Mathematical logic, Addison-Wesley, 1967.

    Google Scholar 

  471. čech, E.: ‘On bicompact spaces’, Ann. of Math. 38 (1937), 823–844.

    MathSciNet  Google Scholar 

  472. Tichonoff, A.N. [A.N. Tikhonov]: ‘Lieber die topologische Erweiterung von Räumen’, Math. Ann. 102 (1929), 544–561.

    Google Scholar 

  473. Naĭmark, M.A.: Normed rings, Reidel, 1984 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  474. Tomita, T.: ‘Representations of operator algebras’, Math. J. Okayama Univ. 3 (1954). 147–173.

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  475. Naĭmark, M.A.: Normed algebras, Wolters-Noordhoff, 1972. 3rd American ed.

    Google Scholar 

  476. Takesaki, M.: Theory of operator algebras, I, Springer, 1979, p. 259, 273.

    Google Scholar 

  477. Demazure, M. and Gabriel, P.: Groupes algébriques, North-Holland, 1970.

    Google Scholar 

  478. Borel, A.: Linear algebraic groups, Benjamin, 1969.

    Google Scholar 

  479. Ono, T.: ‘Arithmetic of algebraic tori’, Ann. of Math. 74, no. 1 (1961), 101–139.

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  480. Humphreys, J.E.: Linear algebraic groups, Springer, 1975.

    Google Scholar 

  481. Grothendieck, A.: ‘Sur quelques points d’algèbre homologique’, Tohoku Math. J. 9 (1957), 119–221.

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  482. Cartan, H. and Eilenberg, S.: Homological algebra, Princeton Univ. Press, 1956.

    Google Scholar 

  483. MacLane, S.: Categories for the working mathematician, Springer, 1971.

    Google Scholar 

  484. Lupanov, O.B.: ‘A method of circuit synthesis’, Izv. Vuzov. Radiofizika 1, no. 1 (1958), 120–140 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  485. Lupanov, O.B.: ‘An approach to systems synthesis’, Probl. Kibernet. 14 (1963), 31–110 (in Russian).

    MathSciNet  Google Scholar 

  486. Lupanov, O.B.: ‘Complexity of formula realization of functions of logical algebra’, Probl. Cybernetics 3 (1962), 782–811. (Probl. Kibernet. 3 (1960), 61-80)

    Google Scholar 

  487. Lupanov, O.B.: ‘A class of circuits of functional elements’, Probl. Kibernet. 7 (1962), 61–114 (in Russian).

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  488. Nechiporuk, E.I.: ‘On the complexity of networks in certain bases containing nontrivial elements with zero weights’, Probl. Kibernet. 8 (1962), 123–160 (in Russian).

    MATH  Google Scholar 

  489. Lupanov, O.B.: ‘On synthesis of circuits of threshold elements’, Probl. Kibernet. 26 (1973), 109–140 (in Russian).

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  490. Zakharova, E.Yu.: ‘On synthesis of circuits of threshold elements’, Probl. Kibernet. 9 (1963), 317–319 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  491. Gashkov, S.B.: ‘On the depth of Boolean functions’, Probl. Kibernet. 34 (1978), 265–268 (in Russian).

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  492. Khrapchenko, V.M.: ‘Distinction and likeness between delay and depth’, Probl. Kibernet. 35 (1979), 141–168 (in Russian).

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  493. Lupanov, O.B.: ‘On circuits of functional elements with delays’, Probl. Kibernet. 23 (1970), 43–81 (in Russian).

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  494. Vaĭntsvaĭg, M.N.: ‘On power of circuits of functional elements’, Dokl. Akad. Nauk SSSR 139, no. 2 (1961), 320–323 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  495. Kasim-Zade, O.M.: ‘On a complexity measure for gate networks’, Probl. Kibernet. 38 (1981), 117–179 (in Russian).

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  496. Kasim-Zade, O.M.: ‘On simultaneous minimization of the complexity and the power of gate networks’, Probl. Kibernet. 33 (1978), 215–220 (in Russian).

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  497. Savage, J.E.: The complexity of computing, Wiley (Interscience), 1976.

    Google Scholar 

  498. Perron, O.: ‘Stability of differential equations’, Math. Z 32, no. 5 (1930), 703–728.

    Google Scholar 

  499. Masserat, H.L. and Scheffer, H.H.: Linear differential equations and function spaces, Acad. Press, 1966.

    Google Scholar 

  500. Daletskiĭ, Yu.L. and Kreĭn, M.G.: Stability of solutions of differential equations in Banach space, Amer. Math. Soc., 1974 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  501. Anosov, D.V.: ‘Geodesic flows on closed Riemann manifolds with negative curvature’, Proc. Steklov Inst. Math. 90 (1969). (Trudy Mat. Inst. Steklov. 90 (1967))

    Google Scholar 

  502. Oseledec, V.I.: ‘A multiplicative ergodic theorem. Characteristic Lyapunov numbers for dynamical systems’, Trans. Moscow Math. Soc. 19 (1969), 197–232. (Trudy Moskov. Mat Obshch. 19 (1968), 179-210)

    Google Scholar 

  503. Demidovich, B.P. and Maron, I.A.: Foundations of computational mathematics, Moscow, 1966 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  504. Wilde, D.J.: Optimum seeking methods, Prentice-Hall, 1964.

    Google Scholar 

  505. Atkinson, K.E.: An introduction to numerical analysis, Wiley, 1978.

    Google Scholar 

  506. Brent, H.: Algorithms for minimization without derivatives, Prentice-Hall, 1973.

    Google Scholar 

  507. Dekker, T.: ‘Finding a zero by successive linear interpolation’, in B. Dejon and P. Henrici (eds.): Constructive aspects of the fundamental theorem of algebra, Wiley, 1969, pp. 37-48.

    Google Scholar 

  508. Dickson, L.E.: ‘A new system of simple groups’, Math. Ann. 60 (1905), 137–150.

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  509. Chevalley, C.: ‘Sut certains groupes simples’, Tôhoku Math. J. 7 (1955), 14–66.

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  510. Carter, R.: Simple groups of Lie type, Wiley, 1972.

    Google Scholar 

  511. Dickson, L.E.: Linear groups, Teubner, 1901.

    Google Scholar 

  512. Bourbaki, N.: Elements of mathematics. Algebra: Modules. Rings. Forms, 2, Addison-Wesley, 1975, Chapt. 4; 5; 6 (translated from the French).

    Google Scholar 

  513. Dieudonné, J.A.: La géométrie des groups classiques, Springer, 1955.

    Google Scholar 

  514. Dieudonné, J.: ‘lie groups and Lie hyperalgebras over a field of characteristic p>0. VI’, Amer. J. Math. 79, no. 2 (1957), 331–388.

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  515. Demazure, M. and Gabriel, P.: Groupes algébriques, 1, Masson, 1970.

    Google Scholar 

  516. Manin, Yu.I.: ‘The theory of commutative formal groups over fields of finite characteristic’, Russian Math. Surveys 28, no. 5 (1963), 1–83. (Uspekhi Mat. Nauk 18, no. 6 (1963), 3-90)

    Google Scholar 

  517. Berthelot, P. and Ogus, A.: Notes on crystalline cohomology, Princeton Univ. Press, 1978.

    Google Scholar 

  518. Hazewinkel, M.: Formal groups and applications, Acad. Press, 1978.

    Google Scholar 

  519. Cartier, P.: ‘Groups algébriques et groupes formels’, in Coll. sur la théorie des groupes algébriques. Bruxelles, 1962, CBRM, 1962, pp. 87-111.

    Google Scholar 

  520. Antonelli, P.L., Burghelea, D. and Kahn, P.J.: ‘The nonfinite homotopy type of some diffeomorphism groups’, Topology 11, no. 1 (1972), 1–49.

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  521. Thurston, W.: ‘Foliations and groups of diffeomorphisms’, Bull. Amer. Math. Soc. 80, no. 2 (1974), 304–307.

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  522. Mather, J.N.: ‘Commutators of diffeomorphisms’, Comm. Math. Helv. 49 no. 4 (1974), 512–528.

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  523. Mather, J.N.: ‘Commutators of diffeomorphisms II’, Comm. Math. Heb. 50, no. 1 (1975), 33–40.

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  524. Farrell, F.T. and Hsiang, W.C.: ‘On the rational homotopy groups of the diffeomorphism groups of disks, spheres and aspherical manifolds’, in R.J. Milgram (ed.): Algebraic and geometric topology, Proc. Symp. Pure. Math., Vol. 32.1, Amer. Math. Soc., 1978, pp. 325-328.

    Google Scholar 

  525. Burghelea, D. and Lashof, R.: ‘Geometric transfer and the homotopy type of the automorphism groups of a manifold’, Trans. Amer: Math. Soc. 269, no. 1 (1982), 1–38.

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  526. Browder, W.: Surgery on simply-connected manifolds, Springer, 1972.

    Google Scholar 

  527. Hirsch, M.W.: Differential topology, Springer, 1976.

    Google Scholar 

  528. Kirby, R.C. and Siebenmann, L.C.: Foundational essays on topological manifolds, smoothings, and triangulations, Princeton Univ. Press, 1977, pp. 155-213.

    Google Scholar 

  529. Milnor, J.: Lecture notes on the h-cobordism theorem, Princeton Univ. Press, 1965.

    Google Scholar 

  530. Moise, E.E.: Geometric topology in dimensions 2 and 3, Springer, 1977.

    Google Scholar 

  531. Munkres, J.: ‘Obstructions to smoothing of piecewisedifferentiable homeomorphisms’, Ann. of Math. 72 (1960), 521–554.

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  532. Smale, S.: ‘On the structure of manifolds’, Amer. J. Math. 84 (1962), 387–399.

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  533. Whitehead, G.W.: Elements of homotopy theory, Springer, 1978, p. 228.

    Google Scholar 

  534. Atiyah, M.F. and Hirzebruch, F.: ‘Analytic cycles on complex manifolds’, Topology 1 (1961), 28–45.

    Google Scholar 

  535. Atiyah, M.F., Bott, R. and Shapiro, A.: ‘Clifford modules’, Topology 3. Suppl. 1 (1964), 3–38.

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  536. Gelfond, A.O. [A.O. Gel’fond]: Differenzenrechnung, Deutsch. Verlag Wissenschaft., 1958 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  537. Samarskii, A.A. and Nikolaev, E.S.: Methods for solving grid equations, Moscow, 1978 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  538. Samarskii, A.A. and Karamzin, Yu.N.: Difference equations, Moscow, 1978 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  539. Martynyuk, D.I.: Lectures on the qualitative theory of difference equations, Kiev, 1972 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  540. Halanay, A. and Wexler, D.: Qualitative theory of impube systems, Acad. R.S. Romania, 1968 (translated from the Rumanian).

    Google Scholar 

  541. Samarskiĭ, A.A.: Theorie der Differenzverfahren, Akad. Verlagsgesell. Geest u. Portig K.-D., 1984 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  542. Berezin, I.S. and Zhidkov, N.P.: Computing methods, 2, Pergamon, 1973 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  543. Bakhvalov, N.S.: Numerical methods: analysis, algebra, ordinary differential equations, Mir, 1977 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  544. Gorbunov, A.D.: Difference equations, Moscow, 1972 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  545. Henrici, P.: Discrete variable methods in ordinary differential equations, Wiley, 1962.

    Google Scholar 

  546. Hildebrand, F.B.: Finite-difference equations and simulations, Prentice-Hall, 1968.

    Google Scholar 

  547. Spiegel, M.R.: Calculus of finite differences and difference equations, McGraw-Hill, 1971.

    Google Scholar 

  548. Milne-Thomson, L.M.: The calculus of finite differences, Chelsea, reprint, 1981.

    Google Scholar 

  549. Nörlund, N.E.: Volesungen über Differenzenrechnung, Springer, 1924.

    Google Scholar 

  550. Samarskiĭ, A.A.: Theorie der Differenzverfahren, Akad. Verlagsgesell. Geest u. Portig K.-D., 1984 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  551. Samarskiĭ, A.A. and Andreev, V.B.: Difference methods for elliptic equations, Moscow, 1976 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  552. Korneev, V.G.: Schemes for the finite element method with a high order of accuracy, Leningrad, 1977 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  553. Aubin, J.-P.: Approximation of elliptic boundary-value problems, Wiley, 1972.

    Google Scholar 

  554. Samarskiĭ, A.A. and Fryazinov, I.V.: ‘Difference approximation methods for problems of mathematical physics’, Russian Math. Surveys 31, no. 6 (1976), 179–213. (Uspekhi Mat. Nauk 31, no. 6 (1976), 167-197)

    MATH  Google Scholar 

  555. Samarskiĭ, A.A. and Gulin, A.V.: Stability of difference schemes, Moscow, 1973 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  556. Samarskiĭ, A.A. and Nikolaev, E.S.: Methods for solving grid equations, Moscow, 1978 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  557. Karchevskiĭ, M.M. and Lyashko, A.D.: ‘Difference schemes for nonlinear multidimensional elliptic equations I’, Izv. Vyzov. Mat. 11 (1972), 23–31 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  558. Karchevskiĭ, M.M. and Lyashko, A.D.: ‘Difference schemes for nonlinear multidimensional elliptic equations II’, Izv. Vyzov. Mat. 3 (1973), 44–52 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  559. Godunov, S.K. and Ryaben’kiĭ, V.S.: The theory of difference schemes, North-Holland; 1964 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  560. Samarskiĭ, A.A.: Theorie der Differenzverfahren, Akad. Verlagsgesell. Geest u. Portig K.-D., 1984 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  561. Samarskiĭ, A.A. and Nikolaev, E.S.: Methods for solving grid equations, Moscow, 1978 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  562. Forsythe, G.E. and Wasow, W.R.: Finite difference methods for partial differential equations, Wiley, 1960.

    Google Scholar 

  563. Garabedian, P.R.: Partial differential equations, Wiley, 1964.

    Google Scholar 

  564. Gladwell, I. and Wait, R.(eds.): A survey of numerical methods for partial differential equations, Clarendon Press, 1979.

    Google Scholar 

  565. Mitchell, A.R. and Griffiths, D.F.: The finite difference method in partial differential equations, Wiley, 1980.

    Google Scholar 

  566. Richtmeyer, R.D. and Morton, K.W.: Difference methods for initial value problems, Wiley, 1967.

    Google Scholar 

  567. Smith, G.D.: Numerical solution of partial differential equations, Oxford Univ. Press, 1977.

    Google Scholar 

  568. Yanenko, N.N.: The method of fractional steps, Springer, 1971 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  569. Oganesyan, L.A., Rivkind, V.Ya. and Rukhovets, L.A.: Variational-difference methods for solving elliptic equations, 1-2, Vil’nyus, 1973-1974 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  570. Strang, G. and Fix, G.: An analysis of the finite element method, Prentice-Hall, 1973.

    Google Scholar 

  571. Aubin, J.-P.: Approximation of elliptic boundary-value problems, Wiley, 1972.

    Google Scholar 

  572. Varga, R.G.: Functional analysis and approximation theory in numerical analysis, SIAM, 1971 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  573. Mikhlin, S.G.: ‘Variational-grid approximation’, Zap. Nauchn. Sem. Leningrad. Otdel. Mat. Inst. 48 (1974), 32-188 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  574. Marchuk, G.I.: Methods of numerical mathematics, Springer, 1982 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  575. D’yakonov, E.G.: Difference methods for solving boundary value problems, Moscow, 1971 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  576. Ciarlet, P.G.: Introduction to the numerical analysis of the finite element method, North-Holland, 1977.

    Google Scholar 

  577. Ciarlet, P.G.: The finite element method for elliptic problems, North-Holland, 1978.

    Google Scholar 

  578. Mitchell, A.R. and Wait, R.: The finite element method in partial differential equations, Wiley, 1973.

    Google Scholar 

  579. Marchuk, G.I.: Methods of numerical mathematics, Springer, 1982 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  580. Bakhvalov, N.S.: Numerical methods: analysis, algebra, ordinary differential equations, Mir, 1977 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  581. Samarskiĭ, A.A. and Popov, Y.P.: Difference methods for solving problems of gas dynamics, Moscow, 1980 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  582. Godunov, S.K. and Ryaben’kiĭ, V.S.: The theory of difference schemes, North-Holland, 1964 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  583. Theoretical foundations and construction of numerical algorithms of problems of mathematical physics, Moscow, 1979 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  584. Belotserkovskiĭ, O.M. and Davydov, Yu.M.: Dissipative properties of difference systems, Moscow, 1981 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  585. Rozhdestvenskiĭ, B.L. and Yanenko, N.N.: Systems of quasilinear equations and their applications to gas dynamics, Amer. Math. Soc., 1983. (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  586. Yanenko, N.N. and Shokin, Yu.L.: ‘On the approximation viscocity of difference schemes’, Soviet Math.-Dokl. 9 (1968), 1153–1155. (Dokl. Akad. Nauk SSSR 182, no. 2 (1968), 280-281)

    MATH  Google Scholar 

  587. Shokin, Yu.L.: The method of differential approximation, Springer, 1983 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  588. Davydov, Yu.M.: Differential approximations and representations of difference schemes, Moscow, 1981 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  589. Davydov, Yu.M.: ‘Structure of approximate viscosity’, Sov. Phys.-Dokl. 24 (1979), 223–226. (Dokl. Akad. Nauk SSSR 245, no. 4 (1979), 812-817)

    MATH  Google Scholar 

  590. Belotserkovskiĭ, O.M. and Davydov, Yu.M.: The large particle method in gas dynamics, Moscow, 1982 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  591. Hedström, G.W.: ‘Models of difference schemes for u t + u x=0 by partial differential equations’, Math. Comp. 29 (1975), 969–977.

    MathSciNet  Google Scholar 

  592. Samarskiĭ, A.A.: Theorie der Differenzverfahren, Akad. Verlagsgesell. Geest u. Portig K.-D., 1984 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  593. Samarskiĭ, A.A. and Nikolaev, E.S.: Methods for solving grid equations, Moscow, 1978 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  594. Samarskiĭ, A.A. and Andreev, V.B.: Difference methods for elliptic equations, Moscow, 1976 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  595. Samarskiĭ, A.A. and Gulin, A.V.: Stability of difference schemes, Moscow, 1973 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  596. Samarskiĭ, A.A. and Popov, Yu.P.: Difference schemes of gas dynamics, Moscow, 1975 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  597. Marchuk, G.I.: Methods of numerical mathematics, Springer, 1982 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  598. Godunov, S.K. and Ryaben’kiĭ, V.S.: The theory of difference schemes, North-Holland, 1964 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  599. Richtmyer, R.D. and Morton, K.: Difference methods for initial value problems, Interscience, 1967.

    Google Scholar 

  600. Gudovich, N.N.: ‘An abstract scheme for a difference method’, USSR Comp. Math. Math. Physics 6, no. 5 (1966), 185–194. (Zh. Vychisl Mat. i Mat. Fiz. 6, no. 5 (1966), 916-921)

    Google Scholar 

  601. Kuznetsov, N.N.: ‘Asymptotic behaviour of the solutions of the finite-difference Cauchy problem’, USSR Comp. Math. Math. Physics 12, no. 2 (1973), 65–86. (Zh. Vychisl. Mat. i Mat. Fiz. 12, no. 2 (1972), 334-351)

    MATH  Google Scholar 

  602. Tkhonov, A.N. and Samarskiĭ, A.A.: ‘Homogeneous difference schemes’, USSR Comp. Math. Math. Physics 1, no. 1 (1962), 5–67. (Zh. Vychisl. Mat. i Mat. Fiz. 1, no. 1 (1961), 5-63)

    Google Scholar 

  603. Rozhdestvenskii, B.L. and Yanenko, N.N.: Systems of quasilinear equations and their applications to gas dynamics, Amer. Math. Soc., 1983 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  604. Potter, D.: Computational physics, Wiley, 1973.

    Google Scholar 

  605. Mokin, Yu.L.: Two-layer parabolic and weakly parabolic difference schemes’, USSR Comp. Math. Math. Physics 15, no. 3 (1976), 111–121. (Zh. Vychsl. Mat. i Mat. Fiz. 15, no. 3 (1975), 661-671)

    MATH  Google Scholar 

  606. Fryazinov, I.V.: ‘Economic difference schemes for the two-dimensional equation of heat conduction with mixed derivatives’, USSR Comp. Math. Math. Physics 16, no. 4 (1977), 83–96. (Zh. Vychsl. Mat. i Mat. Fiz. 16, no. 4 (1976), 908-921)

    MATH  Google Scholar 

  607. Yanenko, N.N.: The method of fractional steps; the solution of problems of mathematical physics in several variables, Springer, 1971 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  608. Samarskiĭ, A.A.: ‘Additivity principle for the construction of efficient difference schemes’, Soviet Math. Dokl. 6 (1965), 1601–1605. (Dokl. Akad. Nauk SSSR 165, no. 6 (1965), 1253-1256)

    Google Scholar 

  609. Samarskiĭ, A.A. and Fryazinov, I.V.: ‘The method of summary approximation’, Beitr. Numer. Math. 4 (1975), 191–203 (in Russian).

    MATH  Google Scholar 

  610. Samarskiĭ, A.A.: ‘Homogeneous difference schemes for nonlinear parabolic equations’, USSR Comp. Math. Math. Phys. 2 (1964), 23–54. (Zh. Vychisl. Mat. i Mat. Fiz. 2, no. 1 (1962), 25-56)

    Google Scholar 

  611. Yakut, L.I.: ‘The theorems of Lax for nonlinear evolution equations’, Soviet Math. Dokl. 5, no. 3 (1964), 843–847. (Dokl. Akad. Nauk SSSR 156, no. 6 (1964), 1304-1307)

    Google Scholar 

  612. Ansorge, R. and Hass, R.: Konvergenz von Differenzenverfahren für lineare und nicht lineare Anfangswertaufgaben, Springer, 1970.

    Google Scholar 

  613. D’yakonov, E.G.: Difference methods for solving boundaryvalue problems, 2. Non-stationary problems, Moscow, 1972 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  614. Karchevskiĭ, M.M. and Lyashko, A.D.: ‘Difference schemes for nonlinear multidimensional elliptic equations I’, Izv. Vyssh. Uchebn. Zaved Mat. 11 (1972), 23–31 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  615. Karchevskiĭ, M.M. and Lyashko, A.D.: ‘Difference schemes for nonlinear multidimensional elliptic equations II’, Izv. Vyssh. Uchebn. Zaved. Mat. 3 (1973), 44–52 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  616. Sapagovas, M.P.: ‘The method of finite differences for the solution of quasilinear elliptic equations with discontinuous coefficients’, USSR Comp. Math. Math. Phys. 5 (1968), 72–85. (Zh. Vychisl. Mat. i Mat. Fiz. 5, no. 4 (1965), 638-647)

    Google Scholar 

  617. Karchevskiĭ, M.M., Lapin, A.V. and Lyashko, A.D.: ‘Efficient difference schemes for quasilinear parabolic equations’, Izv. Vyssh. Uchebn. Zaved. Mat. 3 (1972), 23–31 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  618. Lapin, A.V. and Lyashko, A.D.: ‘Investigation of difference schemes for a certain class of quasilinear parabolic equations’, Izv. Vyssh. Uchebn. Zaved. Mat. 1 (1973), 71–77 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  619. Raviart, P.A.: ‘Sur l’approximation de certaines équations d’évolution linéaires et non linéaires’, J. Math. Pures Appl. 46, no. 1(1967), 11–107.

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  620. Raviart, P.A.: ‘Sur l’approximation de certaines équations d’évolution linéaires et non linéaires’, J. Math. Pures Appl. 46, no. 2(1967), 109–183.

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  621. Ryaben’kiĭ, V.S. and Filippov, A.F.: Ueber die Stabilität von Differenzengleichungen, Deutsch. Verlag Wissenschaft., 1960 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  622. Brandt, A.: ‘Multi-grid adaptive technique (MLAT) for fast numerical solutions to boundary value problems’, in H. Cabannes and R. Teman (eds.): Proc. 3-rd Internat Conf. Numer. Methods in Fluid Mechanics, Springer, 1977, pp. 82-89.

    Google Scholar 

  623. Briggs, W.L.: A multigrid tutorial, SIAM, 1987.

    Google Scholar 

  624. Fedorenko, R.P.: ‘A relaxation method for solving elliptic difference equations’, USSR Comp. Math. Math. Physics 1, no. 5 (1962), 1092–1096. (Zh. Vychisl. Mat. i Mat. Fiz. 1, no. 5(1961), 922-927)

    Google Scholar 

  625. Forsythe, G.E. and Wasow, W.R.: Finite difference methods for partial differential equations, Wiley, 1960.

    Google Scholar 

  626. Garabedian, P.R.: Partial differential equations, Wiley, 1964.

    Google Scholar 

  627. Gladwell, I. and Wait, R. (eds.): A survey of numerical methods for partial differential equations, Clarendon Press, 1979.

    Google Scholar 

  628. Hackbush, W.: Multigrid methods and applications, Springer, 1985.

    Google Scholar 

  629. Mitchell, A.R. and Griffiths, D.F.: The finite difference method in partial differential equations, Wiley, 1980.

    Google Scholar 

  630. Richtmeyer, R.D. and Morton, K.W.: Difference methods for initial value problems, Wiley, 1967.

    Google Scholar 

  631. Smith, G.D.: Numerical solution of partial differential equations, Oxford Univ. Press, 1977.

    Google Scholar 

  632. Bank, R.E. and Rose, D.J.: ‘Marching algorithms for elliptic boundary value problems’, SIAM J. Numer. Anal. 14 (1977), 792–829.

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  633. Doolan, E.P., Miller, J.J.H. and Schilders, W.H.A.: Uniform numerical methods for problems with initial and boundary layers, Boole Press, 1980.

    Google Scholar 

  634. Birkhoff, G. and Lynch, R.E.: Numerical solution of elliptic problems, SIAM, 1984.

    Google Scholar 

  635. Baumert, L.D.: Cyclic difference sets, Springer, 1971.

    Google Scholar 

  636. Hall, M.: ‘Difference sets’, in Combinatorics. 3 Combinatorial group theory. Proc. NATO, Breukelen, Math. Centre Tracts, Vol. 57, C.W.I., 1974, pp. 1–26.

    Google Scholar 

  637. Petrowski, I.G. [LG. Petrovskiĭ]: Vorlesungen über die Theorie der gewöhnlichen Differentialgleichungen, Teubner, 1954 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  638. Tikhonov, A.N.: ‘On the dependence of solutions of differential equations on a small parameter’, Mat. Sb. 22, no. 2 (1948), 193–204 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  639. Vasil’eva, A.B. and Butuzov, V.F.: Asymptotic expansions of solutions of singularly perturbed equations, Moscow, 1973 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  640. Tikhonov, A.N., Vasil’eva, A.B. and Sveshnikov, A.G.: Differential equations, Springer, 1985 (translated from the Russian)

    Google Scholar 

  641. Coddington, E.A. and Levinson, N.: Theory of ordinary differential equations, McGraw-Hill, 1955.

    Google Scholar 

  642. Smith, D.R.: Singular perturbation theory, Cambridge Univ. Press, 1985.

    Google Scholar 

  643. Pontryagin, L.S.: Smooth manifolds and their applications in homotopy theory, Moscow, 1976 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  644. Bourbaki, N.: Elements of mathematics. Differentiable and analytic manifolds, Addison-Wesley, 1966 (translated from the French).

    Google Scholar 

  645. Rham, G. de: Differentiable manifolds, Springer, 1984 (translated from the French).

    Google Scholar 

  646. Lang, S.: Introduction to differentiable manifolds, Interscience, 1967.

    Google Scholar 

  647. Rokhlin, V.A. and Fuks, D.B.: Beginner’s course in topology: Geometric chapters, Springer, 1984 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  648. Whitney, H.: Geometric integration theory, Princeton Univ. Press, 1957.

    Google Scholar 

  649. Postnikov, M.M.: Introduction to Morse theory, Moscow, 1971 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  650. Narasimhan, R.: Analysis on real and complex manifolds, Springer, 1971.

    Google Scholar 

  651. Wells, jr., R.O.: Differential analysis on complex manifolds, Springer, 1980.

    Google Scholar 

  652. Golubitskiĭ, M. and Guillemin, V.: Stable mapings and their singularities, Springer, 1973.

    Google Scholar 

  653. Bröcker, P. and Lander, L.: Differentiable germs and catastrophes, Cambridge Univ. Press, 1975.

    Google Scholar 

  654. Nitecki, Z.: Differentiable dynamics. An introduction to the orbit structure of diffeomorphisms, M.I.T., 1971.

    Google Scholar 

  655. Sternberg, S.: Lectures on differential geometry, Prentice-Hall, 1964.

    Google Scholar 

  656. Godbillon, C.: Géometrie différentielle et mécanique analytique, Hermann, 1969.

    Google Scholar 

  657. Sulanke, R. and Wintgen, P.: Differentialgeometrie und Faserbündel, Birkhäuser, 1972.

    Google Scholar 

  658. Milnor, J.: Morse theory, Princeton Univ. Press, 1963.

    Google Scholar 

  659. Milnor, J.: Topology from the differentiable viewpoint, Univ. Press of Virginia, 1965.

    Google Scholar 

  660. Milnor, J. and Stasheff, J.D.: Characteristic classes, Princeton Univ. Press, 1974.

    Google Scholar 

  661. Munkres, M.R.: Elementary differential topology, Princeton Univ. Press, 1963.

    Google Scholar 

  662. Hirsch, M.: Differential topology, Springer, 1976.

    Google Scholar 

  663. Wall, C.T.C.: Surgery on compact manifolds, Acad. Press, 1970.

    Google Scholar 

  664. Freed, D.S. and Uhlenbeck, K.K.: Instantons and fourmanifolds, Springer, 1984.

    Google Scholar 

  665. Grothendieck, A.: Espaces vectoriels topologiques, Univ. Sao Paulo, 1954.

    Google Scholar 

  666. Gel’fand, I.M.: ‘On one-parameter groups of operators in a normed space’, Dokl. Akad. Nauk. SSSR 25 (1939), 713–718 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  667. Gårding, L.: ‘Note on continuous representations of Lie groups’, Proc. Nat. Acad. Sci. USA 33 (1947), 331–332.

    MATH  Google Scholar 

  668. Moore, R.T.: Measurable, continuous and smooth vectors for semigroups and group representations, Amer. Math. Soc., 1968.

    Google Scholar 

  669. Zhelobenko, D.P.: ‘On infinitely differentiable vectors in representation theory’, Vestnik Moskov. Univ. Ser. Mat. 1 (1965), 3-10 (in Russian). English summary.

    Google Scholar 

  670. Kirillov, A.A.: Elements of the theory of representations, Springer, 1976 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  671. Warner, G.: Harmonic analysis on semi-simple Lie groups, I, Springer, 1972.

    Google Scholar 

  672. Tolstov, G.P.: Elements of mathematical analysis, 1-2, Moscow, 1974 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  673. Fichtenholz, G.M.: Differential und Integralrechnung, 1, Deutsch. Verlag Wissenschaft., 1964.

    Google Scholar 

  674. Kudryavtsev, L.D.: Mathematical analysis, 1, Moscow, 1973 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  675. Nikol’skiĭ, S.M.: A course of mathematical analysis, 1, Mir, 1977 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  676. Rudin, W.: Principles of mathematical analysis, McGraw-Hill, 1953.

    Google Scholar 

  677. Kolmogorov, A.N. and Fomin, S.V.: Elements of the theory of functions and functional analysis, Graylock, 1957-1961 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  678. Tolstov, G.P.: ‘On curvilinear and iterated integrals’, Trudy Mat. Inst. Steklov. 35 (1950) (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  679. Tolstov, G.P.: ‘On the total differential’, Uspekhi Mat. Nauk 3, no.5 (1948), 167–170.

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  680. Apostol, T.M.: Calculus, 1-2, Blaisdell, 1964.

    Google Scholar 

  681. Apostol, T.M.: Mathematical analysis, Addison-Wesley, 1974.

    Google Scholar 

  682. Fleming, W.: Functions of several variables, Springer, 1977.

    Google Scholar 

  683. Stromberg, K.: Introduction to classical real analysis, Wads-worth, 1981.

    Google Scholar 

  684. Courant, R.: Vorlesungen über Differential-und Integralrechnung, 1-2, Springer, 1971–1972.

    Google Scholar 

  685. Natanson, L.P.: Theorie der Funktionen einer reellen Veränderlichen, H. Deutsch, Frankfurt a.M., 1961 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  686. Shilov, G.E. and Gurevich, B.L.: Integral, measure and derivative: a unified approach, Dover, reprint, 1977 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  687. Denjoy, A.: Introduction à la théorie des fonctions des variables réelles, Gauthier-Villars, 1937.

    Google Scholar 

  688. MacLane, S.: Homology, Springer, 1963.

    Google Scholar 

  689. Kaplanski, I.: An introduction to differential algebra, Hermann, 1957.

    Google Scholar 

  690. Ritt, J.F.: Differential algebra, Amer. Math. Soc., 1950.

    Google Scholar 

  691. Kolchin, E.R.: Differential algebra and algebraic groups, Acad. Press, 1973.

    Google Scholar 

  692. Kolchin, E.R.:’ some problems in differential algebra’, in Proc. Internal Congress Mathematicians Moscow, Mir, 1968, pp. 269-276.

    Google Scholar 

  693. A history of mathematics from earliest times to the early nineteenth century, 1-3, Moscow, 1970–1972 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  694. Rybnikov, K.A.: A history of mathematics, 1-2, Moscow, 1960–1963 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  695. Wieleitner, H.: Geschichte der Mathematik, de Gruyter, 1923.

    Google Scholar 

  696. Struik, D.J.: A concise history of mathematics, Dover, reprint, 1948.

    Google Scholar 

  697. Bourbaki, N.: Eléments d’histoire de mathématique, Hermann, 1960.

    Google Scholar 

  698. Cantor, M.: Vorlesungen über die Geschichte der Mathematik, 1-4, Teubner, 1900–1908.

    Google Scholar 

  699. Newton, I.: The mathematical papers of I. Newton, 1-8, Cambridge Univ. Press, 1967–1981.

    Google Scholar 

  700. Leibniz, G.: Mathematische Schriften, 1-7, G. Olms, 1971.

    Google Scholar 

  701. l’Hôpital, C.F. de: L’analyse des infinitesimal, Paris.

    Google Scholar 

  702. Euler, L.: Einleitung in die Analysis des Unendlichen, Springer, 1983 (translated from the Latin).

    Google Scholar 

  703. Euler, L.: ‘Institutiones calculi differentialis’, in Opera omnia: series prima: opera mathematica, Vol. 10, Teubner, 1980.

    Google Scholar 

  704. Cauchy, A.L.: Oeuvres II Série, 4-5, Gauthier-Villars, 1894–1903.

    Google Scholar 

  705. Cauchy, A.L.: Algebraische Analyse, Springer, 1885 (translated from the French).

    Google Scholar 

  706. Goursat, E.: Cours d’analyse mathématique, 1, Gauthier-Villars, 1910.

    Google Scholar 

  707. Vallée-Poussin, Ch. de la: Cours d’analyse infinitésimale, 1, Libraire Univ. Louvain, 1923.

    Google Scholar 

  708. Courant, R.: Differential and integral calculus, 1, Blackie, 1948 (translated from the German).

    Google Scholar 

  709. Rudin, W.: Principles of mathematical analysis, McGraw-Hill, 1976.

    Google Scholar 

  710. Il’in, V.A. and Poznyak, E.G.: Fundamentals of mathematical analysis, 1-2, Mir, 1982 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  711. Kudryavtsev, L.D.: Mathematical analysis, Moscow, 1973 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  712. Nikol’skiĭ, S.M.: A course of mathematical analysis, 1-2, Mir, 1977 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  713. Tolstov, G.P.: Elements of mathematical analysis, 1-2, Moscow, 1974 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  714. Smirnov, V.I.: A course of higher mathematics, Addison-Wesley, 1964 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  715. Fichtenholz, G.M.: Differential und Integralrechnung, 1, Deutsch. Verlag Wissenschaft., 1964.

    Google Scholar 

  716. Khinchin, A. Ya.: Eight lectures on mathematical analysis, Moscow-Leningrad, 1948 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  717. Apostol, T.M.: Calculus, 1-2, Blaisdell, 1964.

    Google Scholar 

  718. Apostol, T.M.: Mathematical analysis, Addison-Wesley, 1974.

    Google Scholar 

  719. Boyer, C.F.: A history of mathematics, Wiley, 1968.

    Google Scholar 

  720. Craven, B.D.: Functions of several variables, Chapman and Hall, 1981.

    Google Scholar 

  721. Spivak, M.: Calculus on manifolds, Benjamin/Cummings, 1965.

    Google Scholar 

  722. Dieudonne, J.: Foundations of modem analysis, Acad. Press, 1960.

    Google Scholar 

  723. Malgrange, B.: ‘Analytic spaces’, Enseign. Math. Ser. 2 14, no. 1 (1968), 1–28.

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  724. Kaup, W.: ‘Infinitesimal Transformationsgruppen komplexer Räume’, Math. Ann. 160, no. I (1965), 72–92.

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  725. Schwartz, L.: Variedades analiticas complejas elipticas, Univ. Nac. Colombia, 1956.

    Google Scholar 

  726. Schwartz, L.: Ecuaciones differenciales parciales, Univ. Nac. Colombia, 1956.

    Google Scholar 

  727. Wells, jr., R.O.: Differential analysis on complex manifolds, Springer, 1980.

    Google Scholar 

  728. Bloom, Th.: ‘Differential operators on curves’, Rice Univ. Stud 59, no. 2 (1973), 13–19.

    Google Scholar 

  729. Berger, R., Kiehl, R., Kunz, E. and Nastold, H.-J.: Differentialrechnung in der analytischen Geometrie, Springer, 1967.

    Google Scholar 

  730. Fischer, G.: Complex analytic geometry, Springer, 1976.

    Google Scholar 

  731. Gel’fand, I.M., Kolmogorov, A.N. and Yaglom, A.M.: ‘The amount of information in, and entropy of, continuous distributions’, in Proc. Third All-Union Mathematical Congress, Vol. 3, Moscow, 1958, pp. 300-320 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  732. Rényi, A.: Wahrscheinlichkeitsrechnung, Deutsch. Verlag Wissenschaft, 1962.

    Google Scholar 

  733. Hille, E. and Phillips, R.: Functional analysis and semigroups, Amer. Math. Soc., 1957.

    Google Scholar 

  734. Lions, J.L.: Equations différentielles operationelles et problèmes aux limites, Springer, 1961.

    Google Scholar 

  735. Lax, P. and Phillips, R.: Scattering theory, Acad. Press, 1967.

    Google Scholar 

  736. Samarskiĭ, A.A.: Theorie der Differenzverfahren, Akad. Verlagsgesell. Geest u. Portig K.-D., 1984 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  737. Kreĭn, S.G.: Linear differential equations in Banach space, Amer. Math. Soc., 1971 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  738. Tanabe, H.: Equations of evolution, Pitman, 1979 (translated from the Japanese).

    Google Scholar 

  739. Pazy, A.: Semigroups of linear operators and applications to partial differential equations, Springer, 1983.

    Google Scholar 

  740. Agmon, S.: Unicité convexité dans problèmes différentiels, Univ. Montréal, 1966.

    Google Scholar 

  741. Kamke, E.: Differentialgleichungen. Lösungsmethoden und Lösungen, 1. Gewöhnliche Differentialgleichungen, Chelsea, reprint, 1947.

    Google Scholar 

  742. Coddington, E.A. and Levinson, N.: Theory of ordinary differential equations, McGraw-Hill, 1955.

    Google Scholar 

  743. Lefschetz, S.: Differential equations: geometric theory, Interscience, 1957.

    Google Scholar 

  744. Petrowski, I.G. [I.G. Petrovskii]: Vorlesungen über die Theorie der gewöhnlichen Differentialgleichungen, Teubner, 1954 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  745. Pontryagin, L.S.: Ordinary differential equations, Addison-Wesley, 1962 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  746. Sansone, G.: Ordinary differential equations, 1-2, Zanichelli, 1948-1949 (in Italian).

    Google Scholar 

  747. Hartman, P.: Ordinary differential equations, Birkhäuser, 1982.

    Google Scholar 

  748. Arnol’d, V.I.: Geometrical methods in the theory of ordinary differential equations, Springer, 1983 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  749. Arnol’d, V.I.: Ordinary differential equations, MIT, 1973 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  750. Hale, J.K.: Ordinary differential equations, Wiley, 1969.

    Google Scholar 

  751. Hirsch, M.W. and Smale, S.: Differential equations, dynamical systems and linear algebra, Acad. Press, 1974.

    Google Scholar 

  752. Filippov, A.F.: Differential equations with discontinuous right-hand sides, Kluwer, 1988 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  753. Bers, L., John, F. and Schechter, M.: Partial differential equations, Interscience, 1964.

    Google Scholar 

  754. Bitsadze, A.V.: The equations of mathematical physics, Mir, 1980 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  755. Vladimirov, V.S.: Equations of mathematical physics, Mir, 1984 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  756. Courant, R. and Hilbert, D.: Methods of mathematical physics. Partial differential equations, 2, Interscience, 1965 (translated from the German).

    Google Scholar 

  757. Tikhonov, A.N. and Samarskiĭ, A.A.: Equations of mathematical physics, Pergamon, 1963 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  758. Garabedian, P.R.: Partial differential equations, Wiley, 1967.

    Google Scholar 

  759. Bitsadse, A.V.: Equations of mixed type, Pergamon, 1964.

    Google Scholar 

  760. Bitsadze, A.V.: Boundary value problems for second-order elliptic equations, North-Holland, 1968 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  761. John, F.: Partial differential equations, Springer, 1971.

    Google Scholar 

  762. Mikhaĭlov, V.P.: Partial differential equations, Mir, 1978 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  763. Friedman, A.: Partial differential equations of parabolic type, Prentice-Hall, 1964.

    Google Scholar 

  764. Petrowski, L.G. [I.G. Petrovskiĭ]: Vorlesungen über die Theorie der gewöhnlichen Differentialgleichungen, Teubner, 1954 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  765. Hörmander, L.: The analysis of linear partial differential operators, 1-4, Springer, 1983-1985.

    Google Scholar 

  766. Gilbarg, O. and Trudinger, N.S.: Elliptic partial differential equations of second order, Springer, 1977.

    Google Scholar 

  767. Vekua, I.N.: New methods for solving elliptic equations, North-Holland, 1967 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  768. Vekua, I.N.: Generalized analytic functions, Pergamon, 1962 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  769. Vekua, I.N.: ‘Systems of first-order differential equations of elliptic type and boundary value problems, with an application to shell theory’, Mat. Sb. 31, no. 2 (1952), 217–314 (in Russian).

    MathSciNet  Google Scholar 

  770. Bergman, S.: Integral operators in the theory of linear partial differential equations, Springer, 1961.

    Google Scholar 

  771. Bers, L.: Theory of pseudo-analytic functions, New York Univ. Inst. Math. and Mech., 1953.

    Google Scholar 

  772. Boyarskiĭ, B.V.: ‘A general representation of solutions of an elliptic system of 2n equations in the plane’, Dokl. Akad. Nauk. SSSR 122, no. 4 (1958), 543–546 (in Russian).

    MathSciNet  Google Scholar 

  773. Boyarskiĭ, B.V.: ‘Some boundary value problems for systems of 2n elliptic equations in the plane’, Dokl. Akad. Nauk. SSSR 124, no. 1 (1959), 15–18 (in Russian).

    MathSciNet  Google Scholar 

  774. Carleman, T.: ‘Sur les systèmes linéaires aux dérivées partielles du premier ordre à deux variables’, C.R. Acad Sci. 197 (1933), 471–474.

    Google Scholar 

  775. Bitsadze, A.V.: Boundary value problems for second-order elliptic equations, North-Holland, 1968 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  776. Khalilov, Z.I.: ‘On boundary value problems for an elliptic equation’, Izv. Akad. Nauk. SSSR Ser. Mat. 11 (1947), 345–362 (in Russian). French summary.

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  777. Courant, R. and Hilbert, D.: Methods of mathematical physics. Partial differential equations, 2, Interscience, 1965 (translated from the German).

    Google Scholar 

  778. Tutschke, W.: Partielle komplexe Differentialgleichungen in einer und mehreren komplexen Variablen, Deutsch. Verlag Wissenschaft., 1977.

    Google Scholar 

  779. Carrier, G.F. and Pearson, C.E.: Partial differential equations, Acad. Press, 1976.

    Google Scholar 

  780. Bers, L.: ‘An outline of the theory of pseudoanalytic functions’, Bull. Amer. Math. Soc. 62 (1956), 291–331.

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  781. Brrsadze, A.V.: Equations of mixed type, Pergamon, 1964 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  782. Courant, R. and Hilbert, D.: Methods of mathematical physics. Partial differential equations, 2, Interscience, 1965 (translated from the German).

    Google Scholar 

  783. Tikhonov, A.N.: Mat Sb. 42 (1935), 199–216.

    MATH  Google Scholar 

  784. Hörmander, L.: Linear partial differential operators, Springer, 1976.

    Google Scholar 

  785. Hörmander, L.: ‘Hypoelliptic second order differential equations’, Acta. Math. 119(1967), 147–171.

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  786. Garabedian, P.R.: Partial differential equations, Wiley, 1964.

    Google Scholar 

  787. Hörmander, L.V.: The analysis of linear partial differential operators, 2, Springer, 1983, Par. 12.8.

    Google Scholar 

  788. Ladyzhenskaya, O.A.: ‘On the solution of the general problem of diffraction’, Dokl. Akad. Nauk SSSR 96, no. 3 (1954), 433–436 (in Russian).

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  789. Oleintk, O.A.: ‘Boundary value problem for linear equations of elliptic-parabolic type with discontinuous coefficients’, Izv. Akad. Nauk SSSR Ser. Mat. 25, no. 1 (1961), 3–20 (in Russian).

    MathSciNet  Google Scholar 

  790. Il’in, V.A. and Shishmarev, I.A.: ‘The method of potentials for the problems of Dirichlet and Neumann in the case of equations with discontinuous coefficients’, Sibirsk. Mat. Zh. 2, no. 1 (1961), 46–58 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  791. Il’in, V.A.: ‘On the solvability of the Dirichlet and Neumann problems for a linear elliptic operator with discontinuous coefficients’, Soviet Math. Dokl. 2, no. 2 (1961), 228–230. (Dokl. Akad. Nauk SSSR 137, no. 1 (1961), 28-30)

    Google Scholar 

  792. Ladyzhenskaya, O.A. and Ural’tseva, N.N.: Linear and quasilinear elliptic equations, Acad. Press, 1968 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  793. Shishmarev, I.A.: ‘Uniform estimates of the derivatives of solutions to the Dirichlet problem and to the problem of eigenvalues for the operator Lu=div(p(x)grad u) + q(x)u with discontinuous coefficients’, Soviet Math. Dokl. 2, no. 2 (1961), 244–246. (Dokl. Akad. Nauk SSSR 137, no. 1 (1961), 45-47)

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  794. Tun, Van: ‘Asymptotic formulae for the solutions of boundary value problems for a general elliptic equation of the second order with discontinuous coefficients’, USSR Comp. Math. Phys. 4, no. 3 (1964), 257–262. (Zh. Vychisl. Mat. i Mat. Fiz. 4, no. 3 (1964), 577-580)

    Google Scholar 

  795. Il’in, V.A.: ‘A system of classical eigenfunctions for a linear self-adjoint elliptic operator with discontinuous coefficients’, Soviet Math. Dokl. 2, no. 2 (1961), 264–267. (Dokl. Akad. Nauk SSSR 137, no. 2 (1961), 272-275)

    Google Scholar 

  796. Girsanov, I.V.: ‘The solution of certain boundary problems for parabolic and elliptic equations with discontinuous coefficients’, Soviet Math. Dokl. 1, no. 6 (1960), 1373–1375. (Dokl. Akad. Nauk SSSR 135, no. 6 (1960), 1311-1313)

    MathSciNet  Google Scholar 

  797. Freĭdlin, M. I.: ‘The Dirichlet problem for an equation involving a small parameter and with discontinuous coefficients’, Soviet Math. Dokl. 3, no. 3 (1962), 767–770. (Dokl. Akad. Nauk SSSR 144, no. 3 (1962), 501-504)

    Google Scholar 

  798. Samarskiĭ, A.A.: Proc. Fourth All-Union math. congress Leningrad, 1961, 2, Leningrad, 1964 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  799. Samarskiĭ, A.A.: ‘A priori estimate for the solution of the difference analogue of a parabolic differential equation’, USSR Comp. Math. Math. Phys. 1, no. 3 (1962), 487–512. (Zh. Vychisl. Mat. i Mat. Fiz. 1, no. 3 (1961), 441-460)

    Google Scholar 

  800. Borsuk, M.V.: ‘A priori estimates and solvability of quasilinear elliptic second-order equations in a domain with non—linear boundary and adjointness conditions’, Soviet Math. Dokl. 8 (1967), 1519–1523. (Dokl. Akad. Nauk SSSR 177, no. 5 (1967), 991-994)

    MATH  Google Scholar 

  801. Kamynin, L.I.: ‘On the theory of parabolic equations with discontinuous coefficients’, in Proc. joint Soviet-American symp. on partial differential equations, Novosibirsk, 1963, pp. 115-117 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  802. Kamynin, L.I. and Maslennikova, V.N.: ‘The maximum principle for parabolic equations with continuous coefficients’, Sibirsk. Mat. Zh. 2, no. 3 (1961), 384–399 (in Russian).

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  803. Il’in, V.A.: ‘The Fourier method for a hyperbolic equation with discontinuous coefficients’, Soviet Math. Dokl. 3, no. 1 (1962), 12–15. (Dokl. Akad. Nauk SSSR 142, no. 1 (1962), 21-24)

    Google Scholar 

  804. Egorov, Yu.V.: ‘Hyperbolic equations with discontinuous coefficients’, Soviet Math. Dokl. 1, no. 5 (1960), 1095–1098. (Dokl. Akad. Nauk SSSR 134, no. 3 (1960), 514-517)

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  805. Schechter, M.: ‘A generalization of the problem of transmission’, Ann. Scuola Norm. Sup. Pisa Sci. Fiz. Mat. 14 (1960), 207–236.

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  806. Roĭtberg, Ya.A. and Sheftel’, Z.G.: ‘General boundaryvalue problems for elliptic equations with discontinuous coefficients’, Soviet Math. Dokl. 4, no. 1 (1963), 231–234. (Dokl. Akad. Nauk SSSR 148, no. 5 (1963), 1034-1037)

    Google Scholar 

  807. Roitberg, Ya.A. and Sheftel’, Z.G.: ‘Green’s formula and a theorem on homeomorphisms for elliptic systems’, Uspekhi Mat. Nauk 22, no. 2 (1967), 181–182 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  808. Crank, J. and Gupta, R.S.: ‘A moving boundary problem arising from the diffusion of oxygen in absorbing tissue’, J. Inst. Math. Appl. 10 (1972), 19–33.

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  809. Eskin, G.I.: ‘The conjugacy problem for equations of principal type with two independent variables’, Trans. Moscow Math. Soc. 21 (1970), 263–316. (Tr. Moskov. Mat Obshch. 21 (1970), 245-292)

    MathSciNet  Google Scholar 

  810. Ladyzhenskaya, O.A., Solonnikov, V.A. and Ural’tseva, N.N.: Linear and quasilinear equations of parabolic type, Amer. Math. Soc., 1968 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  811. Tichonoff, A.N. [A.N. Tikhonov]_and Samarskiĭ, A.A.: Differentialgeleichungen der mathematischen Physik, Deutsch. Verlag Wissenschaft., 1959 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  812. Vladimirov, V.S.: Equations of mathematical physics, Mir, 1984 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  813. Bitsadze, A.V.: The equations of mathematical physics, Moscow, 1976 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  814. Courant, R. and Hilbert, D.: Methods of mathematical physics. Partial differential equations, 2, Interscience, 1965 (translated from the German).

    Google Scholar 

  815. Bers, L., John, F. and Schechter, M.: Partial differential equations, Interscience, 1964.

    Google Scholar 

  816. Ladyzhenskaya, O.A. and Ural’tseva, N.N.: Linear and quasilinear elliptic equations, Acad. Press, 1968 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  817. Ladyzhenskaya, O.A., Solonnikov, V.A. and Ural’tseva, N.N.: Linear and quasilinear parabolic equations, Amer. Math. Soc., 1968 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  818. Friedman, A.: Partial differential equations of parabolic type, Prentice-Hall, 1964.

    Google Scholar 

  819. Miranda, C.: Partial differential equations of elliptic type, Springer, 1970 (translated from the Italian).

    Google Scholar 

  820. Agmon, S., Douglis, A. and Nirenberg, L.: ‘Estimates near the boundary for solutions of elliptic equations’, Comm. Pure Appl. Math. 12 (1959), 623–727.

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  821. Hormander, L.: The analysis of linear partial differential operators, 3, Springer, 1985.

    Google Scholar 

  822. Picone, M.: ‘Nuovi metodi resolutivi per i problemi d’integrazzione delle equazioni lineari a derivative parziali e nuova applicazione della trasformata multipla di Laplace nel caso delle equazioni a coefficienti constanti’, Atti Accad. Sci. Torino. Cl. Sci. Fis. Mat. Natur. 75 (1940), 413–426.

    MathSciNet  Google Scholar 

  823. Amerio, L.: ‘Sul calcolo delle soluzioni dei problemi al contorno per le equazioni lineari de secondo ordine di tipo ellittico’, Amer. J. Math. 69, no. 3 (1947), 447–489.

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  824. Fichera, G.: ‘Sull’ esistenza e sul calcolo delle soluzioni dei problemi al contomo, relativi all’equilibrio di un corpo elastico’, Ann. Scuola Norm. Super. Pisa. Sci. Fis. Mat. 4, no. 1-2 (1950), 35–99.

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  825. Kupradze, V.D.: ‘On the approximate solution of problems in mathematical physics’, Russian Math. Surveys 22, no. 2 (1967), 58–108. (Uspekhi Mat. Nauk 22, no. 2 (1967), 59-107)

    MathSciNet  Google Scholar 

  826. Miranda, C.: Partial differential equations of elliptic type, Springer, 1970 (translated from the Italian).

    Google Scholar 

  827. Monakhov, V.N.: Boundary-value problems with free boundaries for elliptic systems of equations, Amer. Math. Soc., 1983 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  828. Fasano, A. and Primicerio, M. (eds.): Free boundary problems: theory and application, 1-2, Pitman, 1983.

    Google Scholar 

  829. Danilyuk, I.I.: ‘On the Stefan problem’, Russian Math. Surveys 40, no. 5 (1985), 157–223. (Uspekhi Mat. Nauk 40, no. 5 (245) (1985), 133-185)

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  830. Tarzia, D.A.: A bibliography on moving-free boundary problems for the heat diffusion equation, Firenze, 1988.

    Google Scholar 

  831. Crank, J.: Free and moving boundary problems, Clarendon Press, 1984.

    Google Scholar 

  832. Elliot, C.M. and Ockendon, J.R.: Weak and variational methods for moving boundary problems, Pitman, 1982.

    Google Scholar 

  833. Meirmanov, A.M.: Stefan problem, Novosibirsk, 1986 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  834. Rubinstein, L.I.: The Stefan problem, Amer. Math. Soc., 1971 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  835. Diaz, J.I.: Nonlinear partial differential equations and free boundaries, 1. Elliptic equations, Pitman, 1985.

    Google Scholar 

  836. Friedman, A.: Variational principles and free-boundary problems, Wiley, 1982.

    Google Scholar 

  837. Rodrigues, J.F.: Obstacle problems in mathematical physics, North-Holland, 1987.

    Google Scholar 

  838. Fasano, A. and Primicerio, M. (eds.): Nonlinear diffusion problems, Springer, 1986.

    Google Scholar 

  839. Bossavit, A., Damlamian, A. and Fremond, M. (eds.): Free boundary problems: Applications and theory, 3-4, Pitman, 1985.

    Google Scholar 

  840. Albrecht, J., Collatz, L. and Hofmann, K.H. (eds.): Numerical treatment of free boundary value problems, Birkhäuser, 1982.

    Google Scholar 

  841. Sobolev, S.L.: Applications of functional analysis in mathematical physics, Amer. Math. Soc., 1963 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  842. Courant, R. and Hilbert, D.: Methods of mathematical physics. Partial differential equations, 2, Interscience, 1965 (translated from the German).

    Google Scholar 

  843. Bers, L., John, F. and Schechter, M.: Partial differential equations, Interscience, 1964.

    Google Scholar 

  844. Lions, J.L. and Magenes, E.: Non-homogenous boundary value problems and applications, 1-2, Springer, 1972 (translated from the French).

    Google Scholar 

  845. Hille, E. and Phillips, R.: Functional analysis and semigroups, Amer. Math. Soc., 1957.

    Google Scholar 

  846. Nagumo, M.: Lectures on the modern theory of partial differential equations, Kyôritsu Shuppan, 1957 (in Japanese).

    Google Scholar 

  847. Gårding, L.: ‘Cauchy’s problem for hyperbolic equations’, in 3-th congress of Scandinavian mathematicians, Helsinki, Mercatore Trycken’, 1958, pp. 104-109.

    Google Scholar 

  848. Gel’fand, I.M. and Shilov, G.E.: Some problems in the theory of differential equations, Moscow, 1958 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  849. Hörmander, L.: Linear partial differential operators, Springer, 1969.

    Google Scholar 

  850. Hörmander, L.: ‘On the theory of general partial differential operators’, Acta Math. 94 (1955), 161–248.

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  851. Trèves, J.: Linear partial differential equations with constant coefficients, Gordon & Breach, 1966.

    Google Scholar 

  852. Ladyzhenskaya, O.A. and Ural’tseva, N.N.: Linear and quasilinear elliptic equations, Acad. Press, 1968 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  853. Miranda, C.: Partial differential equations of elliptic type, Springer, 1970 (translated from the Italian).

    Google Scholar 

  854. Yosida, K.: Functional analysis, Springer, 1980.

    Google Scholar 

  855. Riesz, F. and Nagy, B.Sz.: Leçons d’analyse fonctionnelle, Gauthier-Villars, 1968.

    Google Scholar 

  856. Hömander, L.: The analysis of linear partial differential operators, I-IV, Springer, 1983–1985.

    Google Scholar 

  857. Bitsadze, A.V.: Boundary value problems for second-order elliptic equations, North-Holland, 1968 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  858. Vekua, I.N.: Generalized analytic functions, Pergamon, 1962 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  859. Muskhelishvili, N.I.: Singular integral equations, Wolters-Noordhoff, 1972 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  860. Bouligand, G., Giraud, G. and Delens, P.: Le problème de la dérivée oblique en théorie du potentiel, Hermann, 1935.

    Google Scholar 

  861. Gilbarg, D. and Trudinger, N.S.: Elliptic partial differential equations of second order, Springer, 1977.

    Google Scholar 

  862. Goursat, E.: Leçons sur l’intégration des équations aux dérivées partielles du premier ordre, Hermann, 1891.

    Google Scholar 

  863. Carathéodory, G.: Variationsrechnung und partielle Differentialgleichungen erster Ordnung, Teubner, 1956.

    Google Scholar 

  864. Gyunter, N.M.: Integration of first-order partial differential equations, Leningrad-Moscow, 1934 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  865. Courant, R. and Hilbert, D.: Methods of mathematical physics. Partial differential equations, 2, Interscience, 1965 (translated from the German).

    Google Scholar 

  866. Petrowski, L.G. [I.G. Petrovskiĭ]: Vorlesungen über die Theorie der gewöhnlichen Differentialgleichungen, Teubner, 1954 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  867. Petrowski, L.G. [I.G. Petrovskiĭ]: Vorlesungen über partielle Differentialgeleichungen, Teubner, 1965 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  868. Cartan, E.: Les systèmes différentiels extérieurs et leurs applications géométrique, Hermann, 1945.

    Google Scholar 

  869. Rashevskiĭ, P.K.: The geometric theory of partial differential equations, Moscow-Leningrad, 1947 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  870. Finikov, S.P.: Carton’s method of exterior forms in differential geometry, 1-3, Moscow-Leningrad, 1948 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  871. Yanenko, N.N. and Rozhdestvenskiĭ, B.L.: Systems of quasilinear equations and their applications to gas dynamics, Amer. Math. Soc., 1983 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  872. John, F.: Partial differential equations, Springer, 1982.

    Google Scholar 

  873. Garabedian, P.R.: Partial differential equations, Wiley, 1964.

    Google Scholar 

  874. Courant, R. and Hilbert, D.: Methods of mathematical physics. Partial differential equations, 2, Interscience, 1965 (translated from the German).

    Google Scholar 

  875. Courant, R.: The Dirichlet principle, conformai mapping and minimal surfaces, Interscience, 1950.

    Google Scholar 

  876. Sobolev, S.L.: Applications of functional analysis in mathematical physics, Amer. Math. Soc., 1963 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  877. Smirnov, V.I.: A course of higher mathematics, 3-5, Addison-Wesley, 1964 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  878. Michlin, S.G. [S.G. Mikhlin]: Variationsmethoden der mathematischen Physik, Akademie-Verlag, 1962 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  879. Ladyzhenskaya, O.A. and Ural’tseva, N.N.: Linear and quasilinear elliptic equations, Acad. Press, 1968 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  880. Mikhaĭlov, V.P.: Partial differential equations, Moscow, 1976 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  881. Bitsadze, A.V.: Equations of the mixed type, Pergamon, 1964 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  882. Vekua, I.N.: Generalized analytic functions, Pergamon, 1962 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  883. Ladyzhenskaya, O.A. and Ural’tseva, N.N.: Linear and quasilinear elliptic equations, Acad. Press, 1968 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  884. Miranda, C.: Partial differential equations of elliptic type, Springer, 1970 (translated from the Italian).

    Google Scholar 

  885. Oleĭnik, O.A.: ‘Solution of fundamental boundary value problem for second-order equations with discontinuous coefficients’, Dokl. Akad. Nauk. SSSR 124, no. 6 (1959), 1219–1222 (in Russian).

    MathSciNet  Google Scholar 

  886. Samarskii, A.A.: ‘Parabolic equations with discontinuous coefficients’, Dokl. Akad. Nauk. SSSR 121, no. 2 (1958), 225–228 (in Russian).

    MathSciNet  Google Scholar 

  887. Kamke, E.: Differentialgleichungen. Lösungsmethoden und Lösungen, 1. Gewöhnliche Differentialgleichungen, Chelsea, reprint, 1947.

    Google Scholar 

  888. Erugin, N.P.: A general course in differential equations, Minsk, 1972 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  889. Tikhonov, A.N.: Mat. Sb. 41, no. 4 (1934), 551–560.

    MATH  Google Scholar 

  890. Valeev, K.G. and Zhautykov, O.A.: Infinite systems of differential equations, Alma-Ata, 1974 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  891. Daletskiĭ, Yu. L. and Kreĭn, M.G.: Stability of solutions of differential equations in Banach space, Amer. Math. Soc., 1974 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  892. Pazy, A.: Differential equations in Banach spaces, Springer, To appear.

    Google Scholar 

  893. Poincaré, H.: ‘Mémoire sur les courbes définiés par une équation différentielle’, J. Math. Pures Appl. 1 (1885), 167–244. Also: Oeuvres, Vol.1.

    MATH  Google Scholar 

  894. Denjoy, A.: ‘Sur les courbes définies par les équations différentielles à la surface du tore’, J. Math. Pures Appl. (9) 11, no. 4 (1932), 333–375.

    Google Scholar 

  895. Coddington, E.A. and Levinson, N.: Theory of ordinary differential equations, McGraw-Hill, 1955.

    Google Scholar 

  896. Kneser, H.: ‘Reguläre Kurvenscharen auf Ringflächen’, Math. Ann. 91, no. 1-2 (1924), 135–154.

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  897. Reinhart, B.L.: ‘Line elements on the torus’, Amer. J. Math. 81, no. 3 (1959), 617–631.

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  898. Aepply, A. and Markus, L.: ‘Integral equivalence of vector fields on manifolds and bifurcation of differential systems’, Amer. J. Math. 85, no. 4 (1963), 633–654.

    MathSciNet  Google Scholar 

  899. Arnol’d, V.I.: ‘Small denominators I. On maps of the circumference onto itself, Transi. Amer. Math. Soc. 46 (1965), 213–284. (Izv. Akad. Nauk SSSR Ser. Mat. 25, no. 1 (1961), 21-86)

    Google Scholar 

  900. Arnol’d, V.I.: ‘On a theorem by Liouville concerning integrable problems’, Sibirsk. Mat. Zh. 4, no. 2 (1963), 471-474 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  901. Herman, M.R.: ‘Conjugaison C des diffeomorphismes du cercle pour presque tout nombre de rotation’, C.R. Acad. Sci. 283, no. 8 (1976), 579–582.

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  902. Kolmogorov, A.N.: ‘On dynamical systems with an integral invariant on the torus’, Dokl. Akad. Nauk SSSR 93, no. 5 (1953), 763–766 (in Russian).

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  903. Sternberg, S.: ‘On differential equations on the torus’, Amer. J. Math. 79, no. 2 (1957), 397–402.

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  904. Shklover, M.D.: ‘Classical dynamical systems on the torus with continuous spectrum’, Izv. Vyssh. Uchebn. Zaved Mat. 10 (1967), 113–124 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  905. Kochergin, A.V.: ‘On the absence of mixing in special flows over the rotation of a circle and in flows on a two-dimensional torus’, Soviet Math. Dokl. 13 (1972), 949–952. (Dokl. Akad Nauk SSSR 205, no. 3 (1972), 515-518)

    Google Scholar 

  906. Schwartzman, S.: ‘Asymptotic cycles’, Ann. of Math. 66, no. 2 (1957), 270–284.

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  907. Anosov, D.V.: ‘On an additive functional homology equation connected with an ergodic rotation of the circle’, Math. USSRIzv. 7, no. 6 (1973), 1257–1271. (Izv. Akad. Nauk. SSSR 37, no. 6 (1973), 1259-1273)

    Google Scholar 

  908. Arnold, V.I.: Mathematical methods of classical mechanics, Springer, 1978 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  909. Cornfeld, I.P.[I.P. Kornfel’d], Fomin, S.V. and Sinaĭ, Ya.G.: Ergodic theory, Springer, 1982 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  910. Godbillon, C.: Dynamical systems on surfaces, Springer, 1983 (translated from the French).

    Google Scholar 

  911. Herman, M.R.: ‘Sur la conjugaison différentiable des difféomorphismes du cercle à des rotations’, Publ. Math. IHES 49 (1979), 5–234.

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  912. Schwartz, A.J.: ‘A generalization of a Poincaré—Bendixson theorem to closed two dimensional manifolds’, Amer. J. Math. 85(1963), 453–458.

    MATH  Google Scholar 

  913. Bakhvalov, N.S.: Numerical methods: analysis, algebra, ordinary differential equations, Mir, 1977 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  914. Berezin, I.S. and Zhidkov, N.P.: Computing methods, Pergamon, 1973 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  915. Mikhlin, S.G. and Smolitskiĭ, Kh.L.: Approximate method for solution of differential and integral equations, American Elsevier, 1967 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  916. Moiseev, N.N.: Computational methods in the theory of optimal systems, Moscow, 1971 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  917. Milne, W.E.: Numerical solution of differential equations, Wiley, 1953.

    Google Scholar 

  918. Collatz, L.: Numerical treatment of differential equations, Springer, 1966 (translated from the German).

    Google Scholar 

  919. Hamming, R.W.: Numerical methods for scientists and engineers, McGraw-Hill, 1962.

    Google Scholar 

  920. Godunov, S.K. and Ryaben’kiĭ, V.S.: The theory of difference schemes, North-Holland, 1964(translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  921. Collatz, L.: Eigenwertprobleme und ihre numerische Behandlung, Chelsea, reprint, 1948.

    Google Scholar 

  922. Dormand, J.R. and Prince, P.J.: ‘A family of embedded Runge-Kutta formulae’, J. Comp. Appl. Math. 6 (1980), 19–26.

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  923. Fehlberg, E.: ‘Classical fifth-, sixth-, seventh-and eight-order Runge-Kutta formulas with stepsize control’, Nasa TR 287 (1968). Abstract in: Computing 4 (1969), 93-106.

    Google Scholar 

  924. Fehlberg, E.: ‘Low order classical Runge-Kutta formulas with stepsize control and their application to some heat transfer problems’, Nasa TR 315 (1969). Abstract in: Computing 6(1969), 61-71.

    Google Scholar 

  925. Hairer, E., Norsett, S.P. and Wanner, G.: Solving ordinary differential equations, I. Nonstiff problems, Springer, 1987.

    Google Scholar 

  926. Kamke, E.: Diferentialgleichungen. Lösungsmethoden und Lösungen, Chelsea, reprint, 1947.

    Google Scholar 

  927. Lambert, J.D.: Computational methods in ordinary differential equations, Wiley, 1973.

    Google Scholar 

  928. Merson, R.H.: ‘An operational method for the study of integration processes’, in Proc. Symp. Data Processing, Weapons Res. Establ., Salisburg, Australia, 1957, pp. 110-125.

    Google Scholar 

  929. Milne, W.E.: ‘Numerical integration of ordinary differential equations’, Amer. Math. Monthly 33 (1926), 455–460.

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  930. Moulton, F.R.: New methods in exterior ballistics, Univ. Chicago Press, 1926.

    Google Scholar 

  931. Ascher, U.M., Matthed, R.M.M. and Russell, R.D.: Numerical solution for boundary value problems for ordinary differential equations, Prentice-Hall, 1988.

    Google Scholar 

  932. Hall, G. and Watt, J.M.: Modern numerical methods for ordinary differential equations, Clarendon Press, 1976.

    Google Scholar 

  933. Hale, J.: Functional differential equations, Springer, 1971.

    Google Scholar 

  934. Nusshaum, R.D.: Differential-delay equations with two time lags, Amer. Math. Soc., 1978.

    Google Scholar 

  935. El’sgol’ts, L.E. and Norkin, S.B.: Introduction to the theory and application of differential equations with deviating arguments, Acad. Press, 1973 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  936. Pinney, E.: Ordinary difference-differential equations, Univ. Calif. Press, 1958.

    Google Scholar 

  937. Bellman, R. and Cooke, C.L.: Differential-difference equations, Acad. Press, 1963.

    Google Scholar 

  938. Myskis, A.D.: Linear differential equations with retarted argument, Moscow, 1972 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  939. Krasovskiĭ, N.N.: Stability of motion. Applications of Lyapunov’s second method to differential systems and equations with delay, Stanford Univ. Press, 1963 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  940. Norkin, S.B.: Differential equations of the second-order with retarded argument, Amer. Math. Soc., 1972 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  941. Rubanik, V.P.: Oscillations of quasi-linear systems with retardment, Moscow, 1969 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  942. Oguztoreli, M.N.: Time-lag control systems, Acad. Press, 1966.

    Google Scholar 

  943. Halanay, A.: Differential equations: stability, oscillations, time-lags, Acad. Press, 1966.

    Google Scholar 

  944. Hale, J.K.: Functional differential equations, Springer, 1971.

    Google Scholar 

  945. Chow, S.N. and Hale, J.K.: Methods of bifurcation theory, Springer, 1982.

    Google Scholar 

  946. Peitgen, H.-O. and Walther, H.-O. (eds.): Functional differential equations and approximation of fixed points, Springer, 1979.

    Google Scholar 

  947. Tikhonov, A.N.: ‘Systems of differential equations containing a small parameter in front of the derivatives’, Mat. Sb. 31, no. 3 (1952), 575–586 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  948. Vasil’eva, A.B. and Butuzov, V.F.: Asymptotic expansions of solutions of singularly perturbed equations, Moscow, 1973 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  949. Mishchenko, E.F. and Rozov, N.Kh.: Differential equations with a small parameter and relaxation oscillations, Moscow, 1975 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  950. Butuzov, V.F., Vasil’eva, A.B. and Fedoryuk, M.V.: ‘Asymptotic methods in the theory of ordinary differential equations’, Itogi Nauk. Mat. Anal. 1967 (1969), 5-75 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  951. Vishik, M.I. and Lyusternik, L.A.: ‘Regular degeneration and a boundary layer for linear differential equations with a small parameter’, Uspekhi Mat. Nauk 12, no. 5 (1957), 3–122 (in Russian).

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  952. Vishik, M.I. and Lyusternik, L.A.: ‘The solution of some perturbation problems for matrices and selfadjoint or nonselfadjoint differential equations P, Russian Math. Surveys 15, no. 3 (1960), 1–73. (Uspekhi Mat. Nauk 15, no. 3 (1960), 3-80)

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  953. Imanaliev, M.I.: Asymptotic methods in the theory of singularly perturbed integro-dijferential systems, Frunze, 1972 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  954. Trenogin, V.A.: ‘The development and applications of the asymptotic method of Lyusternik and Vishi’, Russian Math. Surveys 25, no. 4 (1970), 119–156. (Uspekhi Mat. Nauk 25, no. 4 (1970), 123-156)

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  955. Lomov, S.A.: Perturbation theory of singular boundary value problems, Alma-Ata, 1976 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  956. Lomov, S.A.: Introduction to general singular perturbations theory, Moscow, 1981 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  957. Butuzov, V.F. and Vasil’eva, A.B.:’ singularly perturbed differential equations of parabolic type’, in Asymptotic Analysis II, Lecture Notes in Math., Vol. 985, Springer, pp. 38-75.

    Google Scholar 

  958. BAIL IV. Proc. Fourth Internat. Conf. on Boundary and Interior Layers Novosibirsk, Boole Press, 1986.

    Google Scholar 

  959. Eckhaus, W.: Asymptotic analysis of singular perturbations, North-Holland, 1979.

    Google Scholar 

  960. Chang, K.W. and Howes, F.A.: Nonlinear singular perturbation phenomena: theory and application, Springer, 1984.

    Google Scholar 

  961. Grasman, J.: Asymptotic methods for relaxation oscillations and applications, Springer, 1987.

    Google Scholar 

  962. Hoppensteadt, F.: ‘Stability in systems with parameter’, J. Math. Anal. Appl. 18 (1967), 129–134.

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  963. Sanders, J.A. and Verhulst, F.: Averaging methods in nonlinear dynamical systems, Springer, 1985.

    Google Scholar 

  964. Eckhaus, W.: Matched asymptotic expansions and singular perturbations, North-Holland & American Elsevier, 1973.

    Google Scholar 

  965. Eckhaus, W. and Jager, E.M. de: ‘Asymptotic solutions of singular perturbation problems for linear differential equations of elliptic type’, Arch. Rational Mech. Anal. 23 (1966), 26–86.

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  966. O’Malley, R.E., Jr.: Introduction to singular perturbations, Acad. Press, 1974.

    Google Scholar 

  967. Wazov, W.: Asymptotic expansions for ordinary differential equations, Interscience, 1965.

    Google Scholar 

  968. Rham, G. de: Differentiable manifolds, Springer, 1984 (translated from the French).

    Google Scholar 

  969. Poincaré, H.: Les méthodes nouvelles de la mécanique céleste, 3, Gauthier-Villars, 1899.

    Google Scholar 

  970. Cartan, E.:’ sur certaines expressions différentielles et le problème de Pfaff, in Oeuvres complètes, Vol. 1, Pt. 2, Gauthier-Villars, pp. 303-396.

    Google Scholar 

  971. Frölicher, A. and Nijenhuis, A.: ‘Theory of vector-valued differential forms. I. Derivations in the graded ring of differential forms’, Proc. Koninkl. Ned. Akad. Wet. Ser. A 59, no. 3 (1956), 338–359.

    MATH  Google Scholar 

  972. Whitney, H.: Geometric integration theory, Princeton Univ. Press, 1957.

    Google Scholar 

  973. Wells, jr., R.O.: Differential analysis on complex manifolds, Springer, 1980.

    Google Scholar 

  974. Sternberg, S.: Lectures on differential geometry, Prentice-Hall, 1964.

    Google Scholar 

  975. Cartan, H.: Calcul différentiel, Hermann, 1967.

    Google Scholar 

  976. Cartan, H.: Formes différentielles, Hennann, 1967.

    Google Scholar 

  977. Deligne, P., Griffiths, P., Morgan, J. and Sullivan, D.: ‘The real homotopy of Kaehler manifolds’, Invent. Math. 29 (1975), 245–274.

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  978. Bare, R. and Tu, L.W.: Differential forms in algebraic topology, Springer, 1982.

    Google Scholar 

  979. Sullivan, D.: ‘Infinitesimal computations in topology’, Publ. Math. IHES 47 (1977), 269–331.

    MATH  Google Scholar 

  980. Chirka, E.M.: Complex analytic sets, Kluwer, 1989.

    Google Scholar 

  981. Lelong, P. and Gruman, L.: Entire functions of several complex variables, Springer, 1986.

    Google Scholar 

  982. Shafarevich, I.R.: Basic algebraic geometry, Springer, 1977 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  983. Baldassarri, M.: Algebraic varieties, Springer, 1956.

    Google Scholar 

  984. Hartshorne, R.: Algebraic geometry, Springer, 1977.

    Google Scholar 

  985. Kamke, E.: Differentialgleichungen. Lösungsmethoden und Lösungen, I Gewöhnliche Differentialgleichungen, Chelsea, reprint, 1947.

    Google Scholar 

  986. Hale, J.K.: Functional differential equations, 1971, Springer.

    Google Scholar 

  987. Flemming, W.H.: ‘A note on differential games of prescribed duration’, in Contributions to the theory of games, Vol. 3, Princeton Univ. Press, 1957, pp. 407-412.

    Google Scholar 

  988. Varaiya, P. and Jiguan, G. Lin: ‘Existence of saddle points in differential games’, SIAM J. Contr. 7, no. 1 (1969), 141–157.

    MATH  Google Scholar 

  989. Petrov, N.N.: ‘On the existence of a pursuit game’, Soviet Math. Dokl. 11 (1970), 292–294. (Dokl. Akad. Nauk SSSR 190, no. 6 (1970), 1289-1291)

    MATH  Google Scholar 

  990. Friedman, A.: ‘Existence of value and of saddle points for differential games of survival’, J. Differential Equations 7, no. 1 (1970), 111–125.

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  991. Pontryagin, L.S.: ‘Linear differential games. 1’, Soviet Math. Dokl. 8 (1967), 796–771. (Dokl. Akad. Nauk SSSR 174, no. 6 (1967), 1278-1280)

    Google Scholar 

  992. Pontryagin, L.S.: ‘Linear differential games. 2’, Soviet Math. Dokl. 8 (1967), 910–912. (Dokl. Akad. Nauk SSSR 175, no. 4, 764-766)

    MATH  Google Scholar 

  993. Pontryagin, L.S.: ‘A linear differential evasion game’, Proc. Steklov Inst. Math. 112 (1973), 27–60. (Trudy Mat. Inst. Steklov. 112 (1971), 30-63)

    MATH  Google Scholar 

  994. Pontryagin, L.S. and Mishchenko, E.F.: ‘Deviation from coincidence in linear differential games’, Differential Equations 7 (1971), 335–342. (Differentsial. Uravn. 7, no. 3 (1971), 436-445)

    Google Scholar 

  995. Krasovskiĭ, N.N. and Subbotin, A.I.: Game-theoretical control problems, Springer, 1988 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  996. Krotov, V.F. and Gurman, V.I.: Methods and problems of optimal control, Moscow, 1973 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  997. Isaacs, R.: Differential games, Wiley, 1965.

    Google Scholar 

  998. Krasovskiĭ, N.N.: Game problems on control of movements, Moscow, 1970 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  999. Mishchenko, E.F. and Pontryagin, L.S.: ‘Linear differential games’, Soviet Math. Dokl. 8 (1967), 585–588. (Dokl. Akad Nauk SSSR 174, no. 1 (1967), 27-29)

    MATH  Google Scholar 

  1000. Pshenichnyĭ, B.N.: ‘On the problem of pursuit’, Kibernetika 6 (1967), 54–64 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1001. Gusyatnkov, P.B. and Nikol’skiĭ, M.S.: Teor. Optimal Resheniĭ-Tr. Sem Protsessy Optimal. Upravleniya VI Sektsiya 3 (1969), 17–25 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1002. Chikaiĭ, A.A.: ‘Optimality of pursuit games’, Soviet Math. Dokl. 10 (1969), 103–106. (Dokl. Akad. Nauk SSSR 184, no. 3 (1969), 518-521)

    Google Scholar 

  1003. Nikol’skiĭ, M.S.: The direct method in linear differential games with common integral restrictions’, Differential Equations 8 (1972), 729–734. (Differentsial. Uravn. 8, no. 6, 964-971)

    Google Scholar 

  1004. Pshenichnyi, B.N.: ‘The structure of differential games’, Soviet Math. Dokl. 10 (1969), 70–72. (Dokl. Akad. Nauk SSSR 184, no. 2 (1969), 285-287)

    Google Scholar 

  1005. Ryll-Nardzewski, C.: ‘The theory of pursuit and evasion’, in M. Dresner, et al. (ed.): Adv. in game theory, Ann. of Math. Studies, Princeton Univ. Press, 1964, pp. 113-126.

    Google Scholar 

  1006. Roxin, E.: ‘Axiomatic approach in differential games’, J. Optimiz. Theory Appl. 3, no. 3 (1969), 153–163.

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  1007. Chentsov, A.G.: ‘On a game problem of converging at a given instant of time’, Math. USSR-Sb. 28 (1971), 353–376. (Mat. Sb. 99, no. 3 (1976), 394-420)

    Google Scholar 

  1008. Basar, T. and Olsder, G.J.: Dynamic noncooperative game theory, Acad. Press, 1982.

    Google Scholar 

  1009. Veblen, O. and Whitehead, J.: Foundations of differential geometry, Moscow, 1949. The appendix written by V.V. Vagner in the Russian translation.

    Google Scholar 

  1010. Laptev, G.F.: ‘Differential geometry of imbedded manifolds. Group-theoretical method of differential geometric investigation’, Trudy Moskov. Mat. Obshch. 2 (1953), 275–382 (in Russian).

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  1011. Husemoller, D.: Fibre bundles, McGraw-Hill, 1966.

    Google Scholar 

  1012. Sternberg, S.: Lectures on differential geometry, Prentice-Hall, 1964.

    Google Scholar 

  1013. Spivak, M.: A comprehensive introduction to differential geometry, 1-5, Publish or Perish, 1972–1975.

    Google Scholar 

  1014. Bianchi, L.: Lezioni di geometria differenziale, 1-2, Zanichelli, Bologna, 1923-1927.

    Google Scholar 

  1015. Darboux, G.: Leçons sur la théorie générale des surfaces et ses applications géométriques de calcul infinitesimal, 1, Gauthier-Villars, 1887.

    Google Scholar 

  1016. Struik, D.J.: A concise history of mathematics, 1-2, Dover, reprint, 1948.

    Google Scholar 

  1017. Rashevskiĭ, P.K.: A course of differential geometry, Moscow, 1956 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1018. Pogorelov, A.V.: Differential geometry, Noordhoff, 1959 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1019. Blaschke, W.: Einführung in die Differentialgeometrie, Springer, 1950.

    Google Scholar 

  1020. Blaschke, W.: Vorlesungen über Differentialgeometrie und geometrische Grundlagen von Einsteins Relativitätstheorie. Elementare Differentialgeometrie, 1, Springer, 1921.

    Google Scholar 

  1021. Sternberg, S.: Lectures on differential geometry, Prentice-Hall, 1964.

    Google Scholar 

  1022. Kagan, V.F.: Foundations of the theory of surfaces in a tensor setting, 1-2, Moscow-Leningrad, 1947–1948 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1023. Shulikovskii, V.I.: Classical differential geometry in a tensor setting, Moscow, 1963 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1024. Schouten, J.A. and Struik, D.J.: Einführung in die neueren Methoden der Differentialgeometrie, 2, Noordhoff, 1935.

    Google Scholar 

  1025. Finikov, S.P.: Projective differential geometry, Moscow-Leningrad, 1937 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1026. Finikov, S.P.: Theorie der Kongruenzen, Akademie-Verlag, 1959 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1027. Shirokov, P.A. and Shirokov, A.P.: Differentialgeometrie, Teubner, 1962 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1028. Norden, A.P.: Spaces with an affine connection, Nauka, Moscow-Leningrad, 1976 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1029. Spivak, M.: A comprehensive introduction to differential geometry, 1-5, Publish or Perish, 1979.

    Google Scholar 

  1030. Chern, S.S. (ed.): Studies in global geometry and analysis, Prentice Hall, 1967.

    Google Scholar 

  1031. Struik, D.J.: Lectures on classical differential geometry, Addison-Wesley, 1961.

    Google Scholar 

  1032. Hicks, N.J.: Notes on differential geometry, v. Nostrand, 1965.

    Google Scholar 

  1033. Hsiung, C.C.: A first course in differential geometry, Wiley (Interscience), 1981.

    Google Scholar 

  1034. O’Neill, B.: Elementary differential geometry, Acad. Press, 1966.

    Google Scholar 

  1035. Berger, M. and Gostiaux, B.: Differential geometry: manifolds, curves and surfaces, Springer, 1988.

    Google Scholar 

  1036. Kobayashi, S. and Nomizu, K.: Foundations of differential geometry, Wiley (Interscience), 1969.

    Google Scholar 

  1037. DoCarmo, M.: Differential geometry of curves and surfaces, Prentice Hall, 1976.

    Google Scholar 

  1038. Thorpe, J.A.: Elementary topics in differential geometry, Springer, 1979.

    Google Scholar 

  1039. Blaschke, W. and Leichtweiss, K.: Elementare Differentialgeometrie, Springer, 1973.

    Google Scholar 

  1040. Riemann, B.: ‘lieber die Hypothesen, welche der Geometrie zuGrunde liegen’, in Das Kontinuum und 3 Monographien, Chelsea, reprint, 1973.

    Google Scholar 

  1041. Riemann, B.: Collected works, Dover, reprint, 1953.

    Google Scholar 

  1042. Cartan, E.: Leçons sur la géométrie des espaces de Riemann, Gauthier-Villars, 1928.

    Google Scholar 

  1043. Kagan, V.F.: Outlines of geometry, Moscow, 1963, pp. 437-519 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1044. Rashewski, P.K. [P.K. Rashevskiĭ]: Riemannsche Geometrie und Tensoranalyse, Deutsch. Verlag Wissenschaft., 1959 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1045. Arnol’d, V.I.: Mathematical methods of classical mechanics, Springer, 1978 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1046. Eisenhart, L.P.: Riemannian geometry, Princeton Univ. Press, 1949.

    Google Scholar 

  1047. Hawkins, S. and Ellis, J.: The large-scale structure of space-time, Cambridge Univ. Press, 1973.

    Google Scholar 

  1048. Helgason, S.: Differential geometry and symmetric spaces, Acad. Press, 1962.

    Google Scholar 

  1049. Bishop, R.L. and Crittenden, R.J.: Geometry of manifolds, Acad. Press, 1964.

    Google Scholar 

  1050. Sternberg, S.: Lectures on differential geometry, Prentice-Hall, 1964.

    Google Scholar 

  1051. Schwartz, J.: Differential geometry and topology, Gordon & Breach, 1968.

    Google Scholar 

  1052. Lang, S.: Introduction to differentiable manifolds, Interscience, 1967.

    Google Scholar 

  1053. Sulanke, R. and Wintgen, P.: Differentialgeometrie und Faserbündel, Deutsch. Verlag Wissenschaft., 1972.

    Google Scholar 

  1054. Wells, jr., R.O.: Differential analysis on complex manifolds, Springer, 1980.

    Google Scholar 

  1055. Lichnerowicz, A.: Géométrie des groupes de transformations, Dunod, 1958.

    Google Scholar 

  1056. Kobayashi, S. and Nomizu, K.: Foundations of differential geometry, 1-2, Wüey, 1963–1969.

    Google Scholar 

  1057. Krasil’shchik, I.S., Lychagin, V.V. and Vinogradov, A.M.: Geometry of jet spaces and nonlinear partial differential equations, Gordon & Breach, 1986 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1058. Chern, S.S.: ‘Geometry of characteristic classes’, Uspekhi Mat. Nauk 33, no. 3 (1973), 15–111 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1059. Molchanov, S.A.: ‘Diffusion processes and Riemannian geometry’, Russian Math. Surveys 30, no. 1 (1975), 1–63. (Uspekhi Mat. Nauk 30, no. 1 (1975), 3-59)

    MATH  Google Scholar 

  1060. Cheeger, J. and Ebin, D.G.: Comparison theorems in Riemannian geometry, North-Holland, 1975.

    Google Scholar 

  1061. Greub, W., Halperin, S. and Vanstone, R.: Connections, curvature and cohomology, 1-3, Acad. Press, 1972–1976.

    Google Scholar 

  1062. Flaschel, P. and Klingenberg, W.: Riemannsche Hilbert-mannigfaltigkeiten. Periodische Geodäten, Lecture Notes in Math., 282, Springer, 1972.

    Google Scholar 

  1063. Griffiths, Ph. A.: Exterior differential systems and the calculus of variations, Birkhäuser, 1983.

    Google Scholar 

  1064. Kobayashi, S.: Transformation groups in differential geometry, Springer, 1972.

    Google Scholar 

  1065. Besse, A.L.: Einstein manifolds, Springer, 1987.

    Google Scholar 

  1066. Besse, A.L.: Géométrie Riemannienne en dimension 4, F. Nathan, 1981.

    Google Scholar 

  1067. Klingenberg, W.: Lectures on closed geodesics, Springer, 1968.

    Google Scholar 

  1068. Riemann, B.: ‘lieber die Hypothesen, welche der Geometrie zuGrunde liegen’, in Das Kontinuum und 3 Monographien, Chelsea, reprint, 1973.

    Google Scholar 

  1069. Rund, H.: The differential geometry of Finsler spaces, Springer, 1959.

    Google Scholar 

  1070. Cartan, E.: Les systèmes différentiels extérieurs et leurs applications géométriques, Hermann, 1971.

    Google Scholar 

  1071. Griffith, P.A. and Jensen, G.R.: Differential systems and isometric embeddings, Princeton Univ. Press, 1987.

    Google Scholar 

  1072. Flanders, H.: Differential forms with applications to the physical sciences, Acad. Press, 1963.

    Google Scholar 

  1073. Kähler, E.: Einführung in die Theorie der Systeme von Differentialgleichungen, Chelsea, reprint, 1949.

    Google Scholar 

  1074. Cartan, E.: La théorie des groupes finis et continus et la géométrie différentielle traitées par la méthode du repère mobile, Gauthier-Villars, 1937.

    Google Scholar 

  1075. Milnor, J.W. and Stasheff, J.D.: Characteristic classes, Princeton Univ. Press, 1974.

    Google Scholar 

  1076. Rham, G. de: Differentiable manifolds, Springer, 1984 (translated from the French).

    Google Scholar 

  1077. Boothby, W.M.: An introduction to differentiable manifolds and Riemannian geometry, Acad. Press, 1975.

    Google Scholar 

  1078. Choquet-Bruhat, Y., DeWitt-Murette, C. and Dillard-Bleick, M.: Analysis, manifolds and physics, North-Holland, 1982.

    Google Scholar 

  1079. Dieudonne, J.: Treatise on analysis, 4, Acad. Press, 1974.

    Google Scholar 

  1080. Spanier, E.H.: Algebraic topology, McGraw-Hill, 1966, p. 156.

    Google Scholar 

  1081. Filippov, A.F.: Differential equations with discontinuous right-hand sides, Reidei, 1988.

    Google Scholar 

  1082. Wazewski, A.: ‘Systèmes de commande et équations au contingent’, Bull Acad. Polon. Sci. Ser. Math. 9, no. 3 (1961), 151–155.

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  1083. Filoppov, A.F.: ‘On certain questions in the theory of optimal control’, SIAM J. Control Ser. A 1, no. 1 (1962), 76–84. (Vestnik Moskov. Univ. Ser. Mat. Mekh. Astr. 2 (1959), 25-32)

    Google Scholar 

  1084. Davy, J.L.: ‘Properties of the solution set of a generalized differential equation’, Bull. Austr. Math. Soc. 6, no. 3 (1972), 379–398.

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  1085. Olech, C.: ‘Existence of solutions of non-convex orientor fields’, Boll. Un. Mat. Ital. 11, no. 3 (1975), 189–197.

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  1086. Blagodatskikh, V.I. and Filippov, A.F.: ‘Differential inclusions and optimal control’, Proc. Steklov Inst. Math. 169 (To appear). (Trudy Mat. Inst. Steklov. 169 (To appear))

    Google Scholar 

  1087. Aubin, J.-P. and Cellina, A.: Differential inclusions, Univ. Paris IX, 1983.

    Google Scholar 

  1088. Roxin, E.: ‘Stability in general control systems’, J. Diff. Equations 1, no. 2 (1965), 115–150.

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  1089. Petrovitsch, M.: ‘Sur une manière d’étendre le théorème de la moyence aux équations différentielles du premier ordre’, Math. Ann. 54, no. 3 (1901), 417–436.

    MathSciNet  Google Scholar 

  1090. Chaplygin, S.A.: Fundamentals of a new method of approximate integration of differential equations, Moscow, 1919 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1091. Wazewski, T.: ‘Systèmes des équations et des inégualités différentielles ordinaires aux deuxièmes membres monotones et leurs applications’, Ann. Soc. Polon. Math. 23 (1950), 112–166.

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  1092. Bohl, P.: ‘Ueber Differentialungleichungen’, J. Reine Angew. Math. 144 (1914), 284–313.

    MATH  Google Scholar 

  1093. Haar, A.: ‘Ueber Eindeutigkeit und analyzität der Lösungen partieller Differentialgleichungen’, in Atti congresso internai, mathematici Bologna, 1928, Vol. 3, Zanichelli, 1930, pp. 5–10.

    Google Scholar 

  1094. Walter, W.: Differential-und Integralgleichungen und ihre Anwendung bei Abschätzungs-und Eindeutigkeitsproblemen, Springer, 1964.

    Google Scholar 

  1095. Szarski, I.: Differential inequalities, PWN, 1965.

    Google Scholar 

  1096. Lakshmikantham, V. and Leela, S.: Differential and integral inequalities, 1-2, Acad. Press, 1969.

    Google Scholar 

  1097. Jordan, D.W. and Smith, P.: Nonlinear ordinary differential equations, Clarendon Press, 1977.

    Google Scholar 

  1098. Hille, E.: Ordinary differential equations in the complex plane, Wiley-lnterscience, 1976.

    Google Scholar 

  1099. Thomas, T.Y.: The differential invariants of generalized spaces, Cambridge Univ. Press, 1934.

    Google Scholar 

  1100. Weitzenböck, R.: Invariantentheorie, Noordhoff, 1923.

    Google Scholar 

  1101. Springer, G.: Introduction to Kiemann surfaces, Chelsea, 1981.

    Google Scholar 

  1102. Nevanlinna, R.: Uniformisierung, Springer, 1953.

    Google Scholar 

  1103. Schiffer, M. and Spencer, D.C.: Functional of finite Kiemann surfaces, Princeton Univ. Press, 1954.

    Google Scholar 

  1104. Behnke, H. and Sommer, F.: Theorie der analytischen Funktionen einer komplexen Veränderlichen, Springer, 1955.

    Google Scholar 

  1105. Farkas, H.M. and Kra, I.: Riemann surfaces, Springer, 1980.

    Google Scholar 

  1106. Ahlfors, L.V. and Sario, L.: Riemann surfaces, Princeton Univ. Press, 1960, Chapt. V.

    Google Scholar 

  1107. Courant, R. and Hilbert, D.: Methods of mathematical physics. Partial differential equations, 2, Interscience, 1965 (translated from the German).

    Google Scholar 

  1108. Naĭmark, M.A.: Lineare Differentialoperatoren, Akad. Verlag, 1960 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1109. Hörmander, L.: The analysis of linear partial differential operators, 1-4, Springer, 1983–1985.

    Google Scholar 

  1110. Bourbaki, N.: Elements of mathematics. Differentiable and analytic manifolds, Addison-Wesley, 1966 (translated from the French).

    Google Scholar 

  1111. Kantorovich, L.V. and Akilov, G.P.: Functional analysis, Moscow, 1977 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1112. Palais, R.: Seminar on the Atiyah-Singer index theorem, Princeton Univ. Press, 1965.

    Google Scholar 

  1113. Reissig, R., Sansone, G. and Conti, R.: Qualitative Theorie nichtlinearer Differentialgleichungen, Cremonese, 1963.

    Google Scholar 

  1114. Finkov, S.P.: Cartan’s method of exterior forms in differential geometry, 1-3, Moscow-Leningrad, 1948 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1115. Skrypnk, I.V.: Non-linear elliptic equations of high order, Kiev, 1973 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1116. Gel’fand, I.M., Minlos, R.A. and Shapiro, Z.Ya.: Representations of the rotation and Lorentz groups and their applications, Pergamon, 1963 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1117. Schouten, J.A.: Tensor analysis for physicists, Cambridge Univ. Press, 1951.

    Google Scholar 

  1118. Lions, J.-P.: Quelques méthodes de résolution des problèmes aux limites nonlinéaires, Dunod, 1969.

    Google Scholar 

  1119. Rozhdestvenskiĭ, B.L. and Yanenko, N.N.: Systems of quasilinear equations and their applications to gas dynamics, Amer. Math. Soc., 1983.

    Google Scholar 

  1120. Vinogradov, A.M. and Krasil’shchikov, I.S.: ‘What is the Hamilton formalism?’, Russian Math. Surveys 30, no. 1 (1975), 177–202. (Uspekhi Mat. Nauk. 30, no. 1 (1975), 173-198)

    MATH  Google Scholar 

  1121. Lamé, G.: Leçons sur les coordonnées curvilignes et leurs diverses applications, Paris, 1958.

    Google Scholar 

  1122. Betrami, E.: ‘Ricerche di analisi applicate alla geometria’, G. Mat. Battaglini 2–3 (1864–1865).

    Google Scholar 

  1123. Kagan, V.F.: Fundamentals of the theory of surfaces in a tensor setting, 1–2, Moscow-Leningrad, 1947–1948 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1124. Shulikovskiĭ, V.I.: Classical differential geometry in a tensor setting, Moscow, 1963 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1125. Stoker, J.J.: Differential geometry, Wiley (Interscience), 1969.

    Google Scholar 

  1126. Grothendieck, A.: ‘Fr Eléments de géométrie algébrique. IV Etude locale des schémas et des morphisms des schémas I’, Publ. Math. IHES 20 (1960).

    Google Scholar 

  1127. Demazure, M. and Gabriel, P.: Groupes algébriques, 1, Masson, 1970.

    Google Scholar 

  1128. Björk, J.E.: ‘The global homological dimension of some algebras of differential operators’, Invent. Math. 17, no. 1 (1972).

    Google Scholar 

  1129. Pontryagin, L.S.: Smooth manifolds and their applications in homotopy theory, Moscow, 1976 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1130. Whitney, H.: ‘Differentiable manifolds’, Ann. of Math. 37 (1936), 645–680.

    MathSciNet  Google Scholar 

  1131. Thom, R.: Fibre spaces and their applications, Moscow, 1958, pp. 293-351 (in Russian; translated from the English).

    Google Scholar 

  1132. Novkov, S.P.: Izv. Akad. Nauk SSR Ser. Mat. 28, no. 2 (1964), 365–474.

    Google Scholar 

  1133. Milnor, J.: ‘Differential topology’, in Lectures on modern mathematics, Vol. 2, Wiley, 1964, pp. 165–183.

    MathSciNet  Google Scholar 

  1134. Smale, S.: ‘A survey of some recent developments in differential topology’, Bull Amer. Math. Soc. 69 (1963), 131–145.

    MathSciNet  Google Scholar 

  1135. Milnor, J. and Wallace, A.: Differential topology, Moscow, 1972 (in Russian; translated from the English).

    Google Scholar 

  1136. Munkres, J.: Elementary differential topology, Princeton Univ. Press, 1963.

    Google Scholar 

  1137. Milnor, J.: Lectures on the h-cobordism theorem, Princeton Univ. Press, 1965.

    Google Scholar 

  1138. Rokhlin, V.A. and Fuks, D.B.: Beginners course in topology: Geometric chapters, Springer, 1984 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1139. Rourke, K. and Sanderson, B.: Introduction topiecewise-linear topology, Springer, 1972.

    Google Scholar 

  1140. Wall, C.: Surgery on compact manifolds, Acad. Press, 1970.

    Google Scholar 

  1141. Browder, F.: Surgery on simply connected manifolds, Springer, 1972.

    Google Scholar 

  1142. Conner, P.E. and Floyd, E.E.: Differentiable periodic maps, Springer, 1964.

    Google Scholar 

  1143. Stong, R.E.: Notes on cobordism theory, Princeton Univ. Press, 1968.

    Google Scholar 

  1144. Novkov, S.P.: ‘The topology of foliations’, Trudy Moskov. Mat. Obshch. 14 (1965), 248–278 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1145. Integer flows and minimal surfaces, Moscow, 1973 (in Russian; translated from the English and the Italian).

    Google Scholar 

  1146. Mishchenko, A.S.: ‘Hermitian K-theory. The theory of characteristic classes and methods of functional analysis’, Russian Math. Surveys 31, no. 2 (1976), 71–138. (Uspekhi Mat. Nauk. 31, no. 2 (1976), 69-134)

    MATH  Google Scholar 

  1147. Smooth dynamical systems, Moscow, 1977 (in Russian; translated from the English).

    Google Scholar 

  1148. Hirsch, M.: Differential topology, Springer, 1976.

    Google Scholar 

  1149. Milnor, J.: Morse theory, Princeton Univ. Press, 1963.

    Google Scholar 

  1150. Pontryagin, L.S.: Ordinary differential equations, Addison-Wesley, 1962 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1151. Choquet-Bruhat, Y., DeWitt-Morette, C. and Dillard-Bleick, M.: Analysis, manifolds and physics, North-Holland, 1977, Sect. III.B.

    Google Scholar 

  1152. Berezin, I.S. and Zhidkov, N.P.: Computing methods, Pergamon, 1973 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1153. Ahlberg, J., Nilson, E. and Walsh, J.: The theory of splines and their applications, Acad. Press, 1967.

    Google Scholar 

  1154. Morozov, V.A.: ‘The differentiation problem and certain algorithms of approximation by experimental information’, in Computing methods and programming, Vol. 14, Moscow, 1970, pp. 46–62 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1155. Segun, A. and Abramowitz, M.: Handbook of mathematical functions, Appl. Math. Ser., 55, Nat. Bur. Stand., 1970.

    Google Scholar 

  1156. Hildebrand, F.B.: Introduction to numerical analysis, McGraw-Hill, 1974.

    Google Scholar 

  1157. Fröhlicher, A. and Bucher, W.: Calculus in vector spaces without norm, Springer, 1966.

    Google Scholar 

  1158. Averbukh, V.I. and Smolyanov, O.G.: ‘The theory of differentiation in linear topological spaces’, Russian Math. Surveys 22, no. 6 (1967), 201–258. (Uspekhi Mat Nauk 22, no. 6 (1967), 201-260)

    Google Scholar 

  1159. Averbukh, V.I. and Smolyanov, O.G.: ‘The various definitions of the derivative in linear topological spaces’, Russian Math. Surveys 23, no. 4 (1968), 67–113. (Uspekhi Mat. Nauk 23, no. 4(1968), 67-116)

    Google Scholar 

  1160. Dieudonné, J.A.: Foundations of modern analysis, Acad. Press, 1961.

    Google Scholar 

  1161. Lang, S.: Introduction to differentiable manifolds, Interscience, 1967.

    Google Scholar 

  1162. Bourbaki, N.: Elements of mathematics. Differentiable and analytic manifolds, Addison-Wesley, 1966 (translated from the French).

    Google Scholar 

  1163. Spivak, M.: Calculus on manifolds, Benjamin, 1965.

    Google Scholar 

  1164. Babich, V.M. and Buldyrev, V.S.: Asymptotic methods in the diffraction of short waves, Moscow, 1972 (in Russian). Translation forthcoming: Springer.

    Google Scholar 

  1165. Vaĭnshteĭn, L.A.: The theory of diffraction and the factorization method, Moscow, 1966 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1166. Nikol’skiĭ, V.V.: The use of variation methods in solving interior problems in electrodynamics, Moscow (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1167. Kupradze, V.D.: Randwertaufgaben der Schwingungstheorie und Integralgleichungen, Deutsch. Verlag Wissenschaft., 1956 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1168. Kupradze, V.D., et al.: Three-dimensional problems of the mathematical theory of elasticity and thermoelasticity, North-Holland, 1979 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1169. Friedlander, F.: Sound pulses, Cambridge Univ. Press, 1958.

    Google Scholar 

  1170. Hönl, H., Maue, A.W. and Westpfahl, K.: ‘Theorie der Beugung’, in Handbuch der Physik, Vol. 25.1, Springer, 1961, pp. 218–573.

    Google Scholar 

  1171. Sveshnikov, A.G.: ‘Numerical methods in diffraction theory’, in Proc. internat. congress mathematicians Vancouver, 1974, Vol. 2, pp. 437–442 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1172. Babič, V.M. [V.M. Babich] and Kirpičnikova, N.Y. [N.Ya. Kirpichnikova]: The boundary-layer method in diffraction problems, Springer, 1981 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1173. Felsen, L.B. and Marcuvitz, N.: Radiation and scattering of waves, Prentice-Hall, 1973.

    Google Scholar 

  1174. Bowman, J.J., Senior, T.B.A. and Uslenghi, P.L.E.: Electromagnetic and acoustic scattering by simple shapes, North-Holland, 1969.

    Google Scholar 

  1175. Wilcox, C.H.: Scattering theory for the d’Alembert equation in exterior domains, Springer, 1975.

    Google Scholar 

  1176. Glastone, S. and Edlund, M.C.: The elements of nuclear reactor theory, v. Nostrand, 1954.

    Google Scholar 

  1177. Marchuk, G.I.: Methods of calculation of nuclear reactors, Moscow, 1961 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1178. Ishimaru, A.: Wave propagation and scattering in random media, 1-2, Acad. Press, 1978.

    Google Scholar 

  1179. Davison, B.: Neutron transport theory, Oxford Univ. Press, 1957.

    Google Scholar 

  1180. Case, K.M. and Zweifel, P.F.: Linear transport theory, Addison-Wesley, 1967.

    Google Scholar 

  1181. Tichonoff, A.N. [A.N. Tikhonov] and Samarskiĭ, A.A.: Differentialgleichungen der mathematischen Physik, Deutsch. Verlag Wissenschaft., 1959 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1182. Crank, J.: The mathematics of diffusion, Clarendon Press, 1956.

    Google Scholar 

  1183. Carslaw, H.S. and Haeger, J.C.: Conduction of heat in solids, Clarendon Press, 1959.

    Google Scholar 

  1184. Burgers, J.M.: The nonlinear diffusion equation, Reidel, 1974.

    Google Scholar 

  1185. Romanov, Yu.A.: Studies on critical parameters of reactor Systems, Moscow, 1960, pp. 3-26 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1186. Theory and methods of calculating nuclear reactors, Moscow, 1962 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1187. Computational methods in transport theory, Moscow, 1969 (in Russian)

    Google Scholar 

  1188. Glasstone, A.S. and Edlund, M.C.: The elements of nuclear reactor theory, v. Nostrand, 1954.

    Google Scholar 

  1189. Davison, B.: Neutron transport theory, Oxford Univ. Press, 1957.

    Google Scholar 

  1190. Case, K.M. and Zweifel, P.F.: Linear transport theory, Addison-Wesley, 1967.

    Google Scholar 

  1191. Gikhman, I.I. and Skorokhod, A.V.: Introduction to the theory of random processes, Saunders, 1969 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1192. Gikhman, L.I. and Skorokhod, A.V.: Stochastic differential equations, Springer, 1972 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1193. Ikeda, N. and Watanabe, S.: Stochastic differential equations and diffusion processes, North-Holland & Kodansha, 1981.

    Google Scholar 

  1194. Stroock, D.W. and Varadhan, S.R.S.: Multidimensional diffusion processes, Springer, 1979.

    Google Scholar 

  1195. Arnold, L.: Stochastische Differentialgleichungen, Oldenbourg Verlag, 1973 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1196. Coxeter, H.S.M.: Regular polytopes, Dover, 1973.

    Google Scholar 

  1197. McMullen, P.: ‘Non-linear angle-sum relations for polyhedral cones and polytopes’, Math. Proc. Cambr. Phil. Soc. 78 (1975), 247–261.

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  1198. McMullen, P. and Schneider, R.: ‘Valuations on convex bodies’, in P. Gruber and J.M. Wills (eds.): Convexity and its applications, Birkhäuser, 1983, pp. 170-247.

    Google Scholar 

  1199. Berger, M.: Geometry, 2, Springer, 1987.

    Google Scholar 

  1200. Cheeger, J., Müller, W. and Schrader, R.: ‘On the curvature of piecewise flat spaces’, Comm. Math. Physics 92 (1984), 405–454.

    MATH  Google Scholar 

  1201. Coolidge, J.L.: A treatise on the circle and the sphere, Clarendon Press, 1916.

    Google Scholar 

  1202. Hall, G.G.: Applied group theory, Longmans, 1967.

    Google Scholar 

  1203. Aleksandrov, P.S. and Pasynkov, B.A.: Introduction to dimension theory, Moscow, 1973 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1204. Hurevicz, W. and Wallman, G.: Dimension theory, Princeton Univ. Press, 1948.

    Google Scholar 

  1205. Urysohn, P.S.: Works on topology and other areas of mathematics, 1-2, Moscow-Leningrad, 1951 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1206. Engelking, R.: Dimension theory, PWN & North-Holland, 1978.

    Google Scholar 

  1207. Roy, P.: ‘Nonequality of dimensions for metric spaces’, Trans. Amer. Math. Soc. 134 (1968), 117–132.

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  1208. Nagata, J.: Modern dimension theory, Heldermann, 1983.

    Google Scholar 

  1209. Gel’fand, J.M. and Kirillov, A.A.: ‘Sur les corps liés aux algébres enveloppantes des algébres de Lie’, Publ. Math. IHES 31 (1966), 5–19.

    MathSciNet  Google Scholar 

  1210. Gordon, R. and Robson, J.C.: Krull dimension, Amer. Math. Soc., 1973.

    Google Scholar 

  1211. Krause, G. and Lenagom, T.H.: Growth of algebras and Gelfand-Kirillov dimension, Pitmann, 1985.

    Google Scholar 

  1212. Năstăsecu, C. and van Oystaeyen, F.: Dimensions of ring theory, Reidel, 1987.

    Google Scholar 

  1213. Rentschler, R. and Gabriel, P.: ‘Sur la dimension des anneaux et ensembles ordonnées’, C.R. Acad. Sci. Paris 265 (1967), 712–715.

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  1214. Hartshorne, R.: Algebraic geometry, Springer, 1977.

    Google Scholar 

  1215. Shafarevich, I.R.: Basic algebraic geometry, Springer, 1974 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1216. Gnxman, L. and Jerison, M.: Rings of continuous functions, v. Nostrand, 1960.

    Google Scholar 

  1217. Bourbaki, N.: Algebre commutative, Masson, 1983, Chapt. VIII. Dimension; Chapt. IX. Anneaux locaux noethériens complets.

    Google Scholar 

  1218. Skornyakov, L.A.: Elements of lattice theory, Hindustan Publ. Comp., 1977 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1219. Birkhoff, G.: Lattice theory, Colloq. Publ. 25, Amer. Math. Soc., 1973.

    Google Scholar 

  1220. Kalmbach, G.: Orthomodular lattices, Acad. Press, 1983. T. S. Fofanova

    Google Scholar 

  1221. Engelking, R.: Dimension theory, PWN & North-Holland, 1978.

    Google Scholar 

  1222. Aleksandrov, P.S.:’ some old problems in homological dimension theory’, in Proc. Internat Symp. Topology and its Applications. Herzog-Novi, 1968, Beograd, 1969, pp. 38-42 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1223. Sčepin, E. [E. Shchepin]: ‘Axiomatics of the dimension of metric spaces’, Soviet Math. Dokl. 13 (1972), 1177–1179. (Dokl. Akad. Nauk SSSR 206, no. 1 (1972), 31-32)

    Google Scholar 

  1224. Aleksandrov, P.S. and Pasynkov, B.A.: Introduction to dimension theory, Moscow; 1973 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1225. Engelking, R.: Dimension theory, North-Holland & PWN, 1978.

    Google Scholar 

  1226. Einstein, A.: The meaning of relativity, Princeton Univ. Press, 1953.

    Google Scholar 

  1227. Kolchin, E.R.: Differential algebra and algebraic groups, Acad. Press, 1973.

    Google Scholar 

  1228. Mikhalev, A.V. and Pankrat’ev, E.V.: ‘The differential dimension polynomial of a system of differential equations’, in Algebra, Moscow, 1980, pp. 57-67 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1229. Bridgeman, P.V.: Dimensional analysis, Yale Univ. Press, 1937.

    Google Scholar 

  1230. Sedov, L.I.: Similarity and dimensional methods in mechanics, Infosearch, 1959 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1231. Birkhoff, G.: Hydrodynamics, Princeton Univ. Press, 1960.

    Google Scholar 

  1232. Dini, U.: Serie di Fourier e altre rappresentazioni analitiche delle funzioni di una variabile reale, Pisa, 1880.

    Google Scholar 

  1233. Zygmund, A.: Trigonometric series, 1, Cambridge Univ. Press, 1979.

    Google Scholar 

  1234. Dini, U.: Grundlagen für eine Theorie der Funktionen einer veränderlichen reellen Grösse, Teubner, 1892 (translated from the Italian).

    Google Scholar 

  1235. Saks, S.: Theory of the integral, Hafner, 1952 (translated from the Polish).

    Google Scholar 

  1236. Dini, U.: Sopra la serie di Fourier, Pisa, 1872.

    Google Scholar 

  1237. Lipschitz, R.: ‘De explicatione per series trigonometricas instituenda functionum unius variabilis arbitrariarum, etc.’, J. Reine Angew. Math. 63, no. 2 (1864), 296–308.

    MATH  Google Scholar 

  1238. Lebesgue, H.: ‘Sur la répresentation trigonométrique approchée des fonctions satisfiasants à une condition de Lipschitz’, Bull Soc. Math. France 38 (1910), 184–210.

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  1239. Nikol’skiĭ, S.M.: ‘On the Dini—Lipschitz condition for convergence of Fourier series’, Doklaay Akad. Nauk SSSR 73, no. 3 (1950), 457–460 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1240. Bary, N.K. [N.K. Bari]: A treatise on trigonometric series, Pergamon, 1964 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1241. Lawrence, J.D.: A catalog of special plane curves, Dover, reprint, 1972.

    Google Scholar 

  1242. Fladt, K.: Analytische Geometrie spezieller ebener Kurven, Akad. Verlagsgesell., 1962.

    Google Scholar 

  1243. Khintchine, A. [A.Ya. Khinchin]: ‘Zur metrischen Theorie der diophantischen Approximationen’, Math. Z. 24 (1926), 706–714.

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  1244. Khinchin, A.Ya.: Kettenbrüche, Teubner, 1956 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1245. Cassels, J.W.S.: An introduction to diophantine approximation, Cambridge Univ. Press, 1957.

    Google Scholar 

  1246. Cassels, J.W.S.: ‘Some metrical theorems in diophantine approximation I’, Proc. Cambridge Philos. Soc. 46, no. 2 (1950), 209–218.

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  1247. Sprindzhuk, V.G.: Mahler’s problem in metric number theory, Amer. Math. Soc., 1969 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1248. Sprindzhuk, V.G.: ‘New applications of analytic and p-adic methods in Diophantine approximations’, in Actès du congrès internat. mathématiciens Nice, 1970, Gauthier-Villars, 1971, pp. 505-509.

    Google Scholar 

  1249. Baker, A.: ‘On a theorem of Sprindžuk’, Proc. Roy. Soc. Ser. A 292, no. 1428 (1966), 92–104.

    MATH  Google Scholar 

  1250. Schmidt, W.: ‘Metrische Sätze über simultane Approximation abhängiger Grössen’, Monatsh. Math. 68, no. 2 (1964), 154–166.

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  1251. Sprindzhuk, V.G.: ‘The method of trigonometric sums in the metric theory of diophantine approximations of dependent quantities’, Proc. Steklov Inst. Math. 128, no. 2 (1972), 251–270. (Trudy Mat. Inst. Steklov. 128, no. 2 (1972), 212-228)

    Google Scholar 

  1252. Sprindzhuk, V.G.: ‘The metric theory of Diophantine approximations’, in Current problems of analytic number theory, Minsk, 1974, pp. 178-198 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1253. Sprindzhuk, V.G.: ‘Rational approximations to algebraic numbers’, Math. USSR Izv. 5, no. 5 (1971), 1003–1020. (Izv. Akad. Nauk. SSSR Ser. Mat. 35, no. 5 (1971), 991-1007)

    Google Scholar 

  1254. Sprindzhuk, V.G.: ‘On an estimate for solutions of Thue’s equation’, Math. USSR Izv. 6, no. 4 (1972), 705–734. (Izv. Akad. Nauk. SSSR Ser. Mat. 36, no. 4 (1972), 712-741)

    Google Scholar 

  1255. Sprindzhuk, V.G.: ‘Metric theory of Diophantine approximations’, in Current problems of analytic number theory, Minsk, 1974, pp. 178-198 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1256. Fel’dman, N.I.: ‘Estimates of linear forms in logarithms of algebraic numbers, and some applications of them’, in Current problems of analytic number theory, Minsk, 1974, pp. 244-268 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1257. Fel’dman, N.I.: ‘An effective refinement of the exponent in Liouville’s theorem’, Math. USSR Izv. 5, no. 5 (1971), 985–1002. (Izv. Akad. Nauk. SSSR Ser. Mat. 35, no. 5 (1971), 937-990)

    Google Scholar 

  1258. Baker, A.: ‘Contributions to the theory of Diophantine equations I.: on the representation of integers by binary forms’, Phil. Trans. Royal Soc. London Ser. A 263 (1968), 173–191.

    MATH  Google Scholar 

  1259. Baker, A.: ‘Contributions to the theory of Diophantine equations II.: The Diophantine equation y 2 =x 3 +kPhil. Trans. Royal Soc. London Ser. A 263 (1968), 193–208.

    MATH  Google Scholar 

  1260. Baker, A.: ‘Effective methods in the theory of numbers’, in Actès du congrès internat. mathématiciens Nice, 1970, Vol. 1, Gauthier-Villars, 1971, pp. 19–26.

    Google Scholar 

  1261. Baker, A.: ‘Rational approximations to 21/3 and other algebraic numbers’, Quart. J. Math. Oxford 15 (1964), 375–383.

    MATH  Google Scholar 

  1262. Bombieri, E.: ‘On the Thue—Siegel—Dyson theorem’, Acta. Math. 148 (1982), 255–296.

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  1263. Chudnovsky, G.: ‘On the method of Thue-Siegel’, Ann. of Math. 117 (1983), 325–382.

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  1264. Baker, A.: Transcendental number theory, Cambridge Univ. Press, 1975.

    Google Scholar 

  1265. Cassels, J.W.S.: An introduction to diophantine approximation, Cambridge Univ. Press, 1957.

    Google Scholar 

  1266. Sprindzhuk, V.G.: Mahler’s problem in metric number theory, Amer. Math. Soc., 1969 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1267. Baker, A.: ‘On some Diophantine inequalities involving the exponential function’, Canad. J. Math. 17 (1965), 616–626.

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  1268. Davenport, H. and Schmidt, W.: ‘Approximation to real numbers by quadratic irrationals’, Acta Arithm. 13 (1967), 169–176.

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  1269. Koksma, J.F.: Diophantische Approximationen, Springer, 1936.

    Google Scholar 

  1270. Lutz, E.: Sur les approximations diophantiennes linéaires p-adiques, Hermann, 1955.

    Google Scholar 

  1271. Mahler, K.: ‘Ueber Beziehungen zwischen der Zahl e und den Liouvillschen Zahlen’, Math. Z. 31 (1930), 729–732.

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  1272. Mahler, K.: ‘Ueber Diophantische Approximationen im Gebiete der p-adischen Zahlen’, Jahresber. Deutsch. Math-Verein. 44 (1934), 250–255.

    Google Scholar 

  1273. Mahler, K.: ‘An analogue of Minkowski’s theory of numbers in a field of series’, Ann. of Math. 42 (1941), 488–522.

    MathSciNet  Google Scholar 

  1274. Mahler, K.: Lectures on Diophantine approximations, 1, Univ. Notre Dame, 1961.

    Google Scholar 

  1275. Schmidt, W.: ‘Approximation to algebraic numbers’, Enseign. Math. (2) 17, no. 3–4 (1971), 187–253.

    MATH  Google Scholar 

  1276. Schneider, T.V. Einführung in die transzendenten Zahlen, Springer, 1957.

    Google Scholar 

  1277. Wirsing, E.: ‘Approximation mit algebraischen Zahlen beschränkten Grades’, J. Reine Angew. Math. 206, no. 1–2 (1961), 67–77.

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  1278. Baker, A.: Transcendental number theory, Cambridge Univ. Press, 1975.

    Google Scholar 

  1279. Schmidt, W.M.: ‘Linearformen. II’, Math. Ann. 191 (1971), 1–20.

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  1280. Schmidt, W.M.: Diophantine approximation, Springer, 1980.

    Google Scholar 

  1281. Vinogradov, I.M.: Fundamentals of number theory, Moscow, 1972 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1282. Borevich, Z.I. and Shafarevich, I.R.: Number theory, Acad. Press, 1966 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1283. Dickson, L.E.: History of the theory of numbers, 1, Chelsea, 1934.

    Google Scholar 

  1284. Bashmakova, I.G.: Diophantus and Diophantine equations, Moscow, 1972 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1285. Sierpinski, W.: On solution of equations in integers, PWN, 1956 (in Polish).

    Google Scholar 

  1286. Faltings, G.: ‘Endlichkeitssätze für abelsche Varietäten über Zahlkörpern’, Invent. Math. 73 (1983), 349–366.

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  1287. Manin, Yu.N.: Cubic forms. Algebra, geometry, arithmetic, North-Holland, 1974 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1288. Colliot-Thélène, J.L. and Sansuc, J.J.: ‘La descente sur les varietés rationnelle’, in A. Beauville (ed.): Journée de géométrie algébrique d’Angers (1979), Sijthoff & Noordhoff, 1980, pp. 223-227.

    Google Scholar 

  1289. Colliot-Thélène, J.L. and Sansuc, J.J.: ‘La descente sur les varietes rationnelles II’, Duke Math. J. 54 (1987), 375–492.

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  1290. Colliot-Thélène, J.L., Sansuc, J.J. and Swinnerton-Dyer, P.: ‘Intersection of two quadrics and Chatelet surfaces’, J. Reine Angew. Math. 373 (1987), 37–107.

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  1291. Colliot-Thélène, J.L., Sansuc, J.J. and Swinnerton-Dyer, P.: ‘Intersection of two quadrics and Chatelet surfaces’, J. Reine Angew. Math. 374 (1987), 72–168.

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  1292. Colliot-Thélène, J.L., Kanevsky, D. and Sansuc, J.J.: Aritmétique des surfaces cubiques diagonales, Lecture notes in math., 1290, Springer, 1987, pp. 1-109.

    Google Scholar 

  1293. Lang, S.: Diophantine geometry, Interscience, 1962.

    Google Scholar 

  1294. Mordell, L.J.: Diophantine equations, Acad. Press, 1969.

    Google Scholar 

  1295. Edwards, H.M.: Fermat’s last theorem, Springer, 1977.

    Google Scholar 

  1296. Weil,.: Number theory: an approach through history: from Hammupari to Legendre, Birkhäuser, 1984.

    Google Scholar 

  1297. Waerden, B.L. van der: Geometry and algebra in ancient civilizations, Springer, 1983.

    Google Scholar 

  1298. Baker, A.: Transcendental number theory, Cambridge Univ. Press, 1975.

    Google Scholar 

  1299. Shorey, T.N. and Tudeman, R.: Exponential diophantine equations, Cambridge Univ. Press, 1987.

    Google Scholar 

  1300. Lang, S.: Fundamentals of Diophantine geometry, Springer, 1983.

    Google Scholar 

  1301. Ribenboim, P.: Thirteen lectures on Fermat’s last theorem, Springer, 1979.

    Google Scholar 

  1302. Hasse, H.: Number theory, Springer, 1980.

    Google Scholar 

  1303. Hilbert, D.: ‘Mathematical problems’, Bull. Amer. Math. Soc. 8, no. 10 (1902), 437–479.

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  1304. Davis, M.: ‘Arithmetical problems and recursively enumerable predicates’, J. Symbol. Logici 18, no. 1 (1953), 33–41.

    MATH  Google Scholar 

  1305. Davis, M, Putnam, H. and Robinson, J.: ‘The decision problem for exponential Diophantine equations’, Ann. of Math. 74, no. 3 (1961), 425–436.

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  1306. Robinson, J.: ‘Existential definability in arithmetic’, Trans. Amer. Math. Soc. 72, no. 3 (1952), 437–449.

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  1307. Matiyasevich, Yu.V.: ‘Enumerable sets are diophantine’, Soviet Math. Dokl. 11, no. 2 (1970), 354–358. (Dokl. Akad. Nauk. SSSR 191, no. 2 (1970), 279-282)

    MATH  Google Scholar 

  1308. Matiyasevich, Yu.V.: ‘Diophantine sets’, Russ. Math. Surveys 27, no. 5 (1972), 124–164. (Uspekhi Mat. Nauk 27, no. 5 (1972), 185-222)

    MATH  Google Scholar 

  1309. Manin, Yu.L.: ‘Hilbert’s tenth problem’, J. Soviet Math. 3, no. 1 (1975), 164–184. (Itogi Nauk. i Tekhn. Sovrem. Probl. Mat. 1 (1973), 5-37)

    Google Scholar 

  1310. Davis, M., Matiyasevich, Yu.V. and Robinson, J.: ‘Hilbert’s tenth problem. Diophantine equations: positive aspects of a negative solution’, in Proc. Symp. Pure Math., Vol. 28, Amer. Math. Soc., 1976, pp. 323–375.

    Google Scholar 

  1311. Manin, Yu.L.: A course in mathematical logic, Springer, 1977 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1312. Davis, M.: ‘Hilbert’s tenth problem is unsolvable’, Amer. Math. Monthly 80 (1973), 233–269.

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  1313. Bashmakov, I.G.: Diophant und diophantische Gleichungen, Deutsch. Verlag Wissenschaft., 1974 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1314. Borevich, Z.I. and Shafarevich, I.R.: Number theory, Acad. Press, 1966 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1315. Weil, A.: ‘Number theory and algebraic geometry’, in Proc. internat, congress mathematicians Cambridge, 1950, Vol. 2, Amer. Math. Soc., 1952, pp. 90–100.

    MathSciNet  Google Scholar 

  1316. Vinogradov, I.M.: The method of trigonometric sums in the theory of numbers, Interscience, 1954 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1317. Greenberg, M.: Lectures on forms in many variables, Benjamin, 1969.

    Google Scholar 

  1318. Davenport, H.: The higher arithmetic, Hutchinson, 1952.

    Google Scholar 

  1319. Cassels, J.: ‘Diophantine equations with special reference to elliptic curves’, J. London Math. Soc. 41 (1966), 191–291.

    MathSciNet  Google Scholar 

  1320. Koksma, J.F.: Diophantische Approximationen, Springer, 1936.

    Google Scholar 

  1321. Lang, S.: Diophantine geometry, Interscience, 1962.

    Google Scholar 

  1322. Lang, S.: ‘Some theorems and conjectures in diophantine equations’, 66 (1960), 240–249. (Bull. Amer. Math. Soc.)

    MATH  Google Scholar 

  1323. Manin, Yu.N.: Cubic forms. Algebra, geometry, arithmetic, North-Holland, 1974 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1324. Parshin, A.N.: ‘Arithmetic on algebraic varieties’, J. Soviet Math. 1, no. 5 (1973), 594–620. (Itogi Nauk. Algebra Topol Geom. 1970(1971), 111-151)

    MATH  Google Scholar 

  1325. Skolem, T.: Diophantische Gleichungen, Springer, 1938.

    Google Scholar 

  1326. Swinnerton-Dyer, H.P.F.: ‘Applications of algebraic geometry to number theory’, in Proc. Symposia Pure Math., Vol. 20, Amer. Math. Soc., 1971, pp. 1–52.

    Google Scholar 

  1327. Cassels, J.W.S. and Fröhlich, A. (eds.): Algebraic number theory, Acad. Press, 1967.

    Google Scholar 

  1328. Faltings, G.: ‘Endlichkeitssätze für abelsche Varietäten über Zahlkörpern’, Invent Math. 73 (1983), 349–366. Erratum: Invent. Math. 75 (1984), 381.

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  1329. Lang, S.: ‘Hyperbolic and diophantine analysis’, Bull. Amer. Math. Soc. 14 (1986), 159–205.

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  1330. Lang, S.: Fundamentals of diophantine geometry, Springer, 1983.

    Google Scholar 

  1331. Faltings, G. and Wüstholtz, G. (eds.): Rational points, Vieweg, 1984.

    Google Scholar 

  1332. Mazur, B. ‘Arithmetic on curves’, Bull. Amer. Math. Soc. 14 (1986), 207–260.

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  1333. Mazur, B.: ‘Modular curves and the Eisenstein ideal’, Publ. Math. IHES 47 (1978).

    Google Scholar 

  1334. Rubin, K.: ‘Global units and ideal class groups’, Invent. Math. 89 (1987), 511–560.

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  1335. Silverman, J. and Cornell, G. (eds.): Arithmetic geometry, Springer, 1985.

    Google Scholar 

  1336. Szpiro, L.:’ sém. sur les pinceaux arithmétiques: La conjecture de Mordell’, Astérisque 127 (1985).

    Google Scholar 

  1337. Vojta, P.: Diophantine approximations and value distribution theory, Springer, 1987.

    Google Scholar 

  1338. Heath-Brown, R.: ‘Cubic forms in 10 variables’, in H. Jager (ed.): Number theory, Lecture notes in math., Vol. 1068, Springer, 1983, pp. 104-109.

    Google Scholar 

  1339. Evertse, J.H.: ‘On sums of S-units and linear recurrences’, Compos. Math. 53 (1984), 225–244.

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  1340. Coates, J. and Wiles, A.: ‘On the conjectures of Birch and Swinnerton-Dyer’, Invent Math. 39 (1977), 223–251.

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  1341. Koblitz, N.: Introduction to elliptic curves and modular forms, Springer, 1984.

    Google Scholar 

  1342. Vingradov, I.M.: Special variants of the method of trigonometric sums, Moscow, 1976 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1343. Gel’fond, A.O. and Linnik, Yu.V.: Elementary methods in the analytic theory of numbers, M.I.T., 1966 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1344. Ostmann, H.H.: Additive Zahlentheorie, Springer, 1956.

    Google Scholar 

  1345. Matiyasevich, Yu. V.: ‘Diophantine sets’, Russian Math. Surveys 27, no. 5 (1972), 124–164. (Uspekhi Mat. Nauk 27, no. 5 (1972), 185-222)

    MATH  Google Scholar 

  1346. Davis, M.: ‘Hilbert’s 10-th problem is unsolvable’, Amer. Math. Monthly 80 (1973), 233–269.

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  1347. Davis, M., Matiyasevich, Yu. and Robinson, J.: ‘Hilbert’s 10-th problem. Diophantine equations: positive aspects of a negative solution’, in F. Browder (ed.): Mathematical developments arising from Hilbert’s problems, Amer. Math. Soc., 1976, pp. 223-378.

    Google Scholar 

  1348. Dirac, P.A.M.: The principles of quantum mechanics, Clarendon Press, 1947.

    Google Scholar 

  1349. Bogolyubov, N.N. and Shirkov, D.V.: Introduction to the theory of quantized fields, Interscience, 1959 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1350. Brill, D.R. and Wheeler, J.A.: ‘Neutrinos in the gravitational field’, Rev. Modern Physics 29 (1957), 465.

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  1351. Rodichev, V.I.: ‘The spinor field in space-time with torsion’, Zh. Eksper. Teor. Fiz. 40 (1969), 1469 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1352. Krechet, V.G.: ‘The spinor field and nonmetricity of spacetime’, Izv. Voozov. Fiz. 6 (1980), 52 (in Russian).

    MathSciNet  Google Scholar 

  1353. Bjorken, J.D. and Drell, S.D.: Relativistic quantum theory, 1, McGraw-Hill, 1964.

    Google Scholar 

  1354. Umezawa, H.: Quantum field theory, North-Holland, 1956.

    Google Scholar 

  1355. Takahashi, Y.: An introduction to field quantization, Pergamon, 1969.

    Google Scholar 

  1356. Roman, R.: Theory of elementary particles, North-Holland, 1960.

    Google Scholar 

  1357. Varadarajan, V.S.: Geometry of quantum theory, 1-2, v. Nostrand, 1968 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1358. Hawking, S. and Ellis, G.F.R.: The large scale structure of spacetime, Cambridge Univ. Press, 1973.

    Google Scholar 

  1359. Uspenskiĭ, V.A.: Leçon sur les fonctions calculables, Hermann, 1966 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1360. Rogers, jr., H.: Theory of recursive functions and effective computability, McGraw-Hill, 1967.

    Google Scholar 

  1361. Rothe, E.H.: ‘Zweidimensionale parabolische Randwertaufgaben als Grenzfall eindimensionaler Randwertaufgaben’, Math. Ann. 102 (1930), 650–670.

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  1362. Kolmogorov, A.N., Petrovskiĭ, I. G. and Piskunov, N.S.: Byull. Moskov. Gos. Univ. Sekts. A 1, no. 6 (1937), 1–26.

    Google Scholar 

  1363. Dorodnitsyn, A.A.: Conf. ‘Ways of development of Soviet mathematical machine-constructions and instrument engineering’, Moscow, 1956 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1364. Kostyukovich, E.Kh.: Dokl. Akad. Nauk SSSR 118, no. 3 (1958), 433–435.

    MATH  Google Scholar 

  1365. Lebedev, V.I.: ‘The equations and convergence of a differential-difference method (the method of lines)’, Vestn. Moskov, Gos. Univ. 10 (1955), 47–57 (in Russian).

    MATH  Google Scholar 

  1366. Oleĭnik, O.A., Kalashnikov, A.S. and Chzhou, Yu. Lin: ‘The Cauchy problem and boundary problems for equations of non-stationary filtration type’, Izv. Akad. Nauk SSSR Ser. Mat. 22, no. 5 (1958), 667–704 (in Russian).

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  1367. Budak, B.M. and Gorbunov, A.D.: ‘The method of lines for solving a nonlinear boundary problem in the region bounded by a curve’, Dokl. Akad. Nauk SSSR 118, no. 5 (1958), 858–861 (in Russian).

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  1368. Alikhashkin, Ya.L.: ‘Solution of the problem of incomplete device by the method of lines’, Vychisl. Mat. 1 (1957), 136–152 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1369. Gilinskiĭ, S.M., Telenin, G.F. and Tinyakov, G.P.: Izv. Akad. Nauk SSSR. Mekh. i Mashinostr. 4 (1964), 9–28.

    Google Scholar 

  1370. Belotserkovskii, O.M. and Chyshkin, P.I.: ‘A numerical method of integral relations’, USSR Comp. Math. Math. Phys. 2, no. 5 (1963), 823–858. (Zh. Vychisl. Mat. i Mat. Fiz. 2, no. 5 (1962), 731-759)

    Google Scholar 

  1371. Roslyakov, G.S. and Telenin, G.F.: ‘Survey of work on the numerical integration of exterior and interior problems of aerodynamics carried out at Moscow University’, in Sb. Rabot. V.Ts. Moskov. Gosudarst. Univ., Vol. 11, 1968, pp. 93–112 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1372. Telenin, G.F. and Tinyakov, G.P.: Dokl. Akad. Nauk SSSR 159, no. 1 (1964), 39–42.

    Google Scholar 

  1373. Stulov, V.P.: Some applications of grid methods in gas dynamics, Vol. 5, Moscow, 1974, pp. 140–227 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1374. Gilinskiĭ, S.M., Zapryanov, Z.D. and Chernyĭ, G.G.: Izv. Akad. Nauk SSSR. Mekh. Zhidkost. i Gaza 5 (1966), 8–13.

    Google Scholar 

  1375. Gilinskiĭ, S.M. and Chernyĭ, G.G.: Izv. Akad. Nauk SSSR. Mekh. Zhidkost. i Gaza 1 (1968), 20–32.

    Google Scholar 

  1376. Minotsev, V.B., Telenin, G.F. and Tinyakov, G.P.: Dokl. Akad. Nauk SSSR 179, no. 2 (1968), 304–307.

    Google Scholar 

  1377. Bazzhin, A.P. and Chelisheva, I.F.: Izv. Akad. Nauk SSSR. Mekh. Zhidkost. i Gaza 3 (1967), 119–123.

    Google Scholar 

  1378. Semenikhina, O.N. and Shkalova, V.P.: Izv. Akad. Nauk SSSR. Mekh. Zhidkost. i Gaza 2 (1973), 99–103.

    Google Scholar 

  1379. Scott, D.S.: ‘Data types as lattices’, SIAM J. Computing 5 (1976), 522–587.

    MATH  Google Scholar 

  1380. Weyl, H.: ‘Ueber gewöhnliche Differentialgleichungen mit Singularitäten und die zugehörigen Entwicklungen willkürlicher Funktionen’, Math. Ann. 68 (1910), 220–269.

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  1381. Kreĭn, M.G.: ‘On a general method for decomposing Hermitian positive kernels into elementary factors’, Dokl. Akad. Nauk SSSR 53, no. 1 (1946), 3–6 (in Russian).

    MATH  Google Scholar 

  1382. Naĭmark, M.A.: Lineare Dijferentialoperatoren, Akad. Verlag, 1960 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1383. Berezanskiy, Yu.M. [Yu.M. Berezanskiĭ]: Expansion in eigenfunctions of selfadjoint operators, Amer. Math. Soc., 1968 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1384. Gel’fánd, I.M. and Shilov, G.E.: Some problems in differential equations, Moscow, 1958 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1385. Gel’fánd, I.M. and Vilenkin, N.Ya.: Generalized functions. Applications of harmonic analysis, 4, Acad. Press, 1964 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1386. Levitan, B.M.: Eigenfunction expansions of second-order differential equations, Moscow-Leningrad, 1950 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1387. Pontryagin, L.S.: Ordinary differential equations, Addison-Wesley, 1962 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1388. Kamke, E.: Differentialgleichungen. Lösungsmethoden und Lösungen, 1. Gewöhnliche Differentialgleichungen, Chelsea, reprint, 1947.

    Google Scholar 

  1389. Sansone, G.: Ordinary differential equations, 1-2, Zanichelli, 1948–1949 (in Italian).

    Google Scholar 

  1390. Dirichlet, P.G.L.: Vorlesungen über Zahlentheorie, Vieweg, 1894.

    Google Scholar 

  1391. Vinogradov, I.M.: Selected works, Springer, 1985 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1392. Karatsuba, A.A.: Fundamentals of analytic number theory, Moscow, 1975 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1393. Prachar, K.: Primzahlverteilung, Springer, 1957.

    Google Scholar 

  1394. Chudakov, N.G.: Introductions to the theory of Dirichlet L-functions, Moscow-Leningrad, 1947 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1395. Davenport, H.: Multiplicative number theory, Springer, 1980.

    Google Scholar 

  1396. Burgess, D.A.: ‘Dirichlet characters and polynomials’, Proc. Steklov Inst. Math. 132 (1975), 234–236. (Trudy Mat. Inst. Steklov. 132 (1973), 203-205)

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  1397. Lavrik, A.F.: ‘A method for estimating double sums with real quadratic character, and applications’, Math. USSR-Izv. 5, no. 6 (1971), 1195–1214. (Izv. Akad. Nauk SSSR Ser. Mat. 35, no. 6(1971), 1189-1207)

    Google Scholar 

  1398. Dirichlet, P.G.L.: J. de Math. (2) 7 (1862), 253–255.

    Google Scholar 

  1399. Dirichlet, P.G.L.: Werke, 1, Chelsea, reprint, 1969.

    Google Scholar 

  1400. Fichtenholz, G.M.: Differential-und Integralrechnung, 2-3, Deutsch. Verlag Wissenschaft., 1964.

    Google Scholar 

  1401. Wilks, S.S.: Mathematical statistics, Wiley, 1962.

    Google Scholar 

  1402. Ferguson, T.S.: ‘A Bayesian analysis of some nonparametric problems’, Ann. Stat. 1 (1973), 209–230.

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  1403. Titchmarsh, E.C.: The theory of the Riemann zeta-function, Clarendon, 1951.

    Google Scholar 

  1404. Natanson, I.P.: Theorie der Funktionen einer reellen Veränderlichen, H. Deutsch, Frankfurt a.M, 1961 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1405. Mikhaĭlov, V.P.: Partial differential equations, Moscow, 1976 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1406. Brélot, M.: Eléments de la théorie classique du potential, Sorbonne Univ. Centre Doc. Univ., Paris, 1959.

    Google Scholar 

  1407. Deny, J.: ‘Méthodes Hilbertiennes et théorie du potential’, in Potential theory CIME, Cremonese, 1970.

    Google Scholar 

  1408. Fukushima, M.: Di richtet forms and Markov processes, North-Holland, 1980.

    Google Scholar 

  1409. Dirichlet, P.G.L.: ‘Sur la convergence des séries trigonometriques qui servent à représenter une fonction arbitraire entre des limites données’, J.für Math. 4 (1829), 157–169.

    MATH  Google Scholar 

  1410. Dirichlet, P.G.L.: ‘Sur la convergence des séries trigonometriques qui servent à réprésenter une fonction arbitraire entre des limites données’, in Werke, Vol. 1, Chelsea, reprint, 1969, pp. 117–132.

    Google Scholar 

  1411. Tauber, A.: ‘Ueber den Zusammenhang des reellen und imaginären Teiles einer Potentzreihe’, Monatsh. Math. 2 (1891), 79–118.

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  1412. Bary, N.K. [N.K. Bari]: A treatise on trigonometric series, Pergamon, 1964 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1413. Dym, H. and McKean, H.P.: Fourier series and integrals, Acad. Press, 1972.

    Google Scholar 

  1414. Rudin, W.: Principles of mathematical analysis, McGraw-Hill, 1953.

    Google Scholar 

  1415. Zygmund, A.: Trigonometric series, 1-2, Cambridge Univ. Press, 1979.

    Google Scholar 

  1416. Dirichlet, P.: Vorlesungen über Zahlentheorie, Vieweg, 1894.

    Google Scholar 

  1417. Davenport, H.: Multiplicative number theory, Springer, 1980.

    Google Scholar 

  1418. Prachar, K.: Primzahlverteilung, Springer, 1957.

    Google Scholar 

  1419. Chudakov, N.G.: Introduction to the theory of Dirichlet L-functions, Moscow-Leningrad, 1947 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1420. Walfisz, A.: Weylsche Exponentialsummen in der neueren Zahlentheorie, Deutsch. Verlag Wissenschaft., 1963.

    Google Scholar 

  1421. Montgomery, H.: Topics in multiplicative number theory, Springer, 1971.

    Google Scholar 

  1422. Lavrik, A.F.: ‘Development of the method of density of zeros of Dirichlet L-functions’, Math. Notes 17, no. 5 (1975), 483–488. (Mat. Zametki 17, no. 5 (1975), 809-817)

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  1423. Goldfeld, D. and Schinzel, A.: ‘On Siegel’s zero’, Ann. Scuola Norm. Sup. Pisa Cl. Sci. (4) 2 (1975), 571–583.

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  1424. Gross, B.H. and Zagier, D.: ‘Heegner points and derivatives of L-series’, Invent. Math. 84 (1986), 225–320.

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  1425. Michlin, S.G. [S.G. Mikhlin]: Numerische Realisierung von Variationsmethoden, Akademie Verlag, 1969 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1426. Monna, A.F.: Dirichlet’s principle: A mathematical comedy of errors and its influence on.the development of analysis, Oosthoek, Scheltema & Holkema, 1975.

    Google Scholar 

  1427. Miranda, C.: Partial differential equations of elliptic type, Springer, 1970 (translated from the Italian).

    Google Scholar 

  1428. Courant, R.: Dirichlet’s principle, conformai mapping, and minimal surfaces, Interscience, 1950.

    Google Scholar 

  1429. Ladyzhenskaya, O.A. and Ural’tseva, N.N.: Equations aux dérivées partielles de type elliptique, Dunod, 1969.

    Google Scholar 

  1430. Mkhaĭlov, V.P.: Partial differential equations, MIR, Moscow, 1978 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1431. Dirichlet, P.G.L.: Abh. Königlich. Preuss. Akad. Wiss. (1850), 99-116.

    Google Scholar 

  1432. Miranda, C.: Partial differential equations of elliptic type, Springer, 1970 (translated from the Italian).

    Google Scholar 

  1433. Courant, R.: The Dirichlet priciple, conformai mapping and minimal surfaces, Interscience, 1950.

    Google Scholar 

  1434. Courant, R. and Hilbert, D.: Methods of mathematical physics. Partial differential equations, 2, Interscience, 1965 (translated from the German).

    Google Scholar 

  1435. Brélot, M.: Eléments delà théorie classique du potential, Sorbonne Univ. Centre Doc. Univ., Paris, 1959.

    Google Scholar 

  1436. Keldysh, M.V.: ‘On the solvability and stability of Dirichlet’s problem’, Uspekhi Mat. Nauk 8 (1941), 171–231 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1437. Keldysh, M.V.: ‘On certain classes of degeneration of equations of elliptic type on the boundary of a domain’, Dokl. Akad. Nauk. SSSR 77 (1951), 181–183.

    Google Scholar 

  1438. Bitsadze, A.V.: Boundary value problems for second-order elliptic equations, North-Holland, 1968 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1439. Kellog, O.D.: Foundations of potential theory, Springer, 1929.

    Google Scholar 

  1440. Garabedian, P.R.: Partial differential equations, Wiley, 1964.

    Google Scholar 

  1441. Riesz, F. and Nagy, B.Sz.: Leçons d’analyse fonctionnelle, Gauthier-Villars, 1968.

    Google Scholar 

  1442. Friedman, A.: Partial differential equations, Holt, Rinehart & Winston, 1969.

    Google Scholar 

  1443. Ladyzhenskaya, O.A. and Ural’tseva, N.N.: Equations aux dérivées partielles de type elliptique, Dunod, 1969 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1444. Yosida, K.: Functional analysis, Springer, 1980.

    Google Scholar 

  1445. Lang, S.: Complex analysis, Springer, 1985.

    Google Scholar 

  1446. Gilbar, D. and Trudinger, N.S.: Elliptic partial differential equations of second order, Springer, 1983.

    Google Scholar 

  1447. Helms, L.L.: Introduction to potential theory, Wiley (Interscience), 1969.

    Google Scholar 

  1448. Constantinescu, C. and Cornea, A.: Potential theory on harmonic spaces, Springer, 1972.

    Google Scholar 

  1449. Leont’ev, A.F.: Exponential series, Moscow, 1976 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1450. Mandelbrojt, S.: Dirichlet series, principles and methods, Reidel, 1972.

    Google Scholar 

  1451. Hardy, G.M. and Riesz, M.: The general theory of Dirichlet series, Cambridge Univ. Press, 1915.

    Google Scholar 

  1452. Bohr, H.: Almost periodic functions, Chelsea, reprint, 1947 (translated from the German).

    Google Scholar 

  1453. Levitan, B.M.: Almost-periodic Junctions, Moscow, 1953 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1454. Besicovitch, A.S.: Almost periodic functions, Cambridge Univ. Press, 1932.

    Google Scholar 

  1455. Corduneanu, C.: Almost periodic functions, Wiley, 1968 (translated from the Rumanian).

    Google Scholar 

  1456. Cassels, J.W.S.: An introduction to diophantine approximation, Cambridge Univ. Press, 1957.

    Google Scholar 

  1457. Dirichlet, P.G.L.: Werke, 1, Springer, 1889.

    Google Scholar 

  1458. Borevich, Z.I. and Shafarevich, I.R.: Number theory, Acad. Press, 1966 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1459. Dirichlet, P.G.L.: Vorlesungen über Zahlentheorie, Vieweg, 1894.

    Google Scholar 

  1460. Prachar, K.: Primzahlverteilung, Springer, 1957.

    Google Scholar 

  1461. Karatsuba, A.A.: Fundamentals of analytic number theory, Moscow, 1975 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1462. Dirichlet, P.G.L.: ‘Sur la convergence des series trigonométriques qui servent à représenter une fonction arbitraire entre des limites donnés’, J. Math. 4 (1829), 157–169.

    MATH  Google Scholar 

  1463. Dirichlet, P.G.L.: Werke, 1, Springer, 1889.

    Google Scholar 

  1464. Jordan, C.: CU Acad Sci. 92 (1881), 228–230.

    MATH  Google Scholar 

  1465. Bary, N.K. [N.K. Bari]: A treatise on trigonometric series, Pergamon, 1964 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1466. Zygmund, A.: Trigonometric series, 1, Cambridge Univ. Press, 1988.

    Google Scholar 

  1467. Courant, R. and Hilbert, D.: Methods of mathematical physics. Partial differential equations, 2, Interscience, 1965 (translated from the German).

    Google Scholar 

  1468. Sobolev, S.L.: Applications of functional analysis in mathematical physics, Amer. Math. Soc., 1963 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1469. Nikol’skiĭ, S.M.: ‘On Dirichlet’s problem for the circle and half-space’, Mat. Sb. 35, no. 2 (1954), 247–266 (in Russian).

    MathSciNet  Google Scholar 

  1470. Kudryavtsev, L.D.: Trudy Mat. Inst. Steklov. 55 (1959), 1–181

    Google Scholar 

  1471. Markushevich, A.I.: Theory of functions of a complex variable, 1, Chelsea, 1977 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1472. Shabat, B.V.: Introduction to complex analysis, 1, Moscow, 1976 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1473. Hörmander, L.: An introduction to complex analysis in several variables, North-Holland, 1973.

    Google Scholar 

  1474. Ahlfors, L.V.: Complex analysis, McGraw-Hill, 1978.

    Google Scholar 

  1475. Rudin, W.: Real and complex analysis, McGraw-Hill, 1987.

    Google Scholar 

  1476. Kampen, E. R. van: ‘On some characterizations of 2-dimensional manifolds’, Duke Math. J. 1 (1935), 74–93.

    MathSciNet  Google Scholar 

  1477. Zippin, L.: ‘On continuous curves and the Jordan curve theorem’, Amer. J. Math. 52 (1930), 331–350.

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  1478. Choquet, G.: Outils topologiques et métriques de l’analyse mathématique, Centre de Documentation Univ. Paris, 1969. Rédigé par G. Mayer.

    Google Scholar 

  1479. Oxtoby, J.C.: Measure and category, Springer, 1971.

    Google Scholar 

  1480. Gyunter, N.M.: A course in the calculus of variations, Leningrad-Moscow, 1941 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1481. Smirnov, V.I.: A course of higher mathematics, 4, Addison-Wesley, 1964 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1482. Pontryagin, L.S., et al.: The mathematical theory of optimal processes, Wiley, 1962 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1483. Fleming, W.H. and Rishel, R.W.: Deterministic and stochastic optimal control, Springer, 1975.

    Google Scholar 

  1484. Bryson, A.E. and Ho, Y.-C.: Applied optimal control, Ginn & Waltham, 1969.

    Google Scholar 

  1485. Weyl, H.: ‘Ueber die Gleichverteilung von Zahlen mod Eins’, Math. Ann. 77 (1916), 313–352.

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  1486. Corput, J.G. van der: ‘Verteilungsfunktionen’, Proc. Koninkl. Ned Akad. Wet. A 38, no. 8 (1935), 813–821; 1058-1066.

    Google Scholar 

  1487. Aardenne-Ehrenfest, T. van: ‘On the impossibility of a just distribution’, Indag. Math. 11 (1949), 264–269.

    Google Scholar 

  1488. Roth, K.F.: ‘On irregularities of distribution’, Mathematika 1 (1954), 73–79.

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  1489. Schmidt, W.M.: ‘Irregularities of distribution VII’, Acta Arithm. 21 (1972), 45–50.

    MATH  Google Scholar 

  1490. Halton, J.H.: ‘On the efficiency of certain quasi-random sequences of points in evaluating multi-dimensional integrals’, Numer. Math. 2, no. 2 (1960), 84–90.

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  1491. Sobol’ I.M.: ‘The distribution of points in a cube and the approximate evaluation of integrals’, USSR Comp. Math. and Math. Phys. 7, no. 4 (1967), 86–112. (Zh. Vychisl. Mat. i Mat. Fiz. 7, no. 4 (1967), 784-802)

    MathSciNet  Google Scholar 

  1492. Korobov, N.M.: Number-theoretical methods in approximate analysis, Moscow, 1963 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1493. Kuipers, L. and Niederreiter, H.: Uniform distribution of sequences, Wiley, 1974.

    Google Scholar 

  1494. Beck, J. and Chen, W.L.: Irregularities of distribution, Cambridge Univ. Press, 1987.

    Google Scholar 

  1495. Berezin, I.S. and Zhidkov, N.P.: Computing methods, Pergamon, 1973 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1496. Bakhvalov, N.S.: Numerical methods: analysis, algebra, ordinary differential equations, Mir, 1977 (translated from the Russian)

    Google Scholar 

  1497. Yablonskiĭ, S.V.: ‘A survey of some results in discrete mathematics’, Informatsionnye Materialy 5 (1970), 5–15 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1498. Kemeny, J., Snell, J. and Thompson, G.L.: Introduction to finite mathematics, Prentice-Hall, 1966.

    Google Scholar 

  1499. Poincaré, H.: ‘Théorie des groupes fuchsiennes’, in Oeuvres, Vol. 2, Gauthier-Villars, 1952, pp. 108–168. Acta Math. 1 (1982), 1-62.

    Google Scholar 

  1500. Poincaré, H.: ‘Mémoire sur les groupes kleinéens’, in Oeuvres, Vol. 2, Gauthier-Villars, 1952, pp. 258–299. Acta Math. 3 (1883), 49-92.

    Google Scholar 

  1501. Gerstenhaber, M.: ‘On the algebraic structure of discontinuous groups’, Proc. Amer. Math. Soc. 4 (1953), 745–750.

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  1502. Aleksandrov, A.D.: ‘On a completion of a space of polyhedra’, Vestnik Leningrad. Gos. Univ. 9, no. 2 (1954), 34–43 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1503. Coxeter, H.S.M. and Moser, W.O.J.: Generators and relations for discrete groups, Springer, 1972.

    Google Scholar 

  1504. Weil, A.: ‘Discrete subgroups of Lie groups’, Ann. of Math. 72 (1960), 369–384.

    MathSciNet  Google Scholar 

  1505. Macbeath, A.M.: ‘Groups of homeomorphisms of a simply connected space’, Ann. of Math. 79 (1964), 473–488.

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  1506. Abels, H.: Geometrische Erzeugung von diskontinuierlichen Gruppen, Univ. Münster, 1966.

    Google Scholar 

  1507. Grothendieck, A.: ‘Sur quelques points d’algèbre homologique’, Tohoku Math. J. 9 (1957), 119–221.

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  1508. MacLane, S.: Homology, Springer, 1963.

    Google Scholar 

  1509. Lehner, J.: Discontinuous groups and automorphic functions, Amer. Math. Soc., 1964.

    Google Scholar 

  1510. Serre, J.P.: ‘Cohomogie des groupes discretes’, C.R. Acad. Sci. Paris 268 (1969), 268–271.

    MATH  Google Scholar 

  1511. Baerdon, A.F.: The geometry of discrete groups, Springer, 1983.

    Google Scholar 

  1512. Wolf, J.A.: Spaces of constant curvature, McGraw-Hill, 1967.

    Google Scholar 

  1513. Borel, A. and Wallach, N.: Continuous cohomology, discrete subgroups and representations of reductive groups, Princeton Univ. Press, 1980.

    Google Scholar 

  1514. Kolmogorov, A.N. and Fomin, S.V.: Elements of the theory of functions and functional analysis, Graylock, 1957-1961 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1515. Endler, O.: Valuation theory, Springer, 1972.

    Google Scholar 

  1516. Korbut, A.A. and Finkel’shteĭn, Yu.Yu.: Discrete programming, Moscow, 1969 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1517. Korobkov, V.K.: ‘On certain integer-valued problems of linear programming’, Probl. Kibernetiki 14 (1965), 297–299 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1518. Finkel’shteĭn, Yu.Yu.: Approximate methods and applied problems in discrete programming, Moscow, 1976 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1519. Discrete mathematics and mathematical problems in cybernetics, 1, Moscow, 1974 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1520. Zhuravlev, Yu.L.: ‘Appraisals of the complexity of local algorithms for certain extremal properties on finite sets’, Diskretn. Anal. 3 (1964), 41–77 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1521. Gondran, M. and Minoux, M.: Graphs and algorithms, Wiley, 1984.

    Google Scholar 

  1522. Lawler, E.L.: Combinatorial optimization: networks and matroids, Holt, Rinehart & Winston, 1976.

    Google Scholar 

  1523. Lawler, E.L., Lenstra, J.K., Rinnooy Kan, A.H.G. and Shmoys, D.B. (eds.): The traveling salesman problem: a guided tour of combinatorial optimization, Wiley, 1985.

    Google Scholar 

  1524. Papadimitriou, C.H. and Steiglitz, K.: Combinatorial optimization: algorithms and complexity, Prentice-Hall, 1982.

    Google Scholar 

  1525. Schrijver, A.: Theory of linear and integer programming, Wiley, 1986.

    Google Scholar 

  1526. Dixmier, J.: C algebras, North-Holland, 1977 (translated from the French).

    Google Scholar 

  1527. Harish-Chandra: ‘Discrete series for semisimple Lie groups I’, Acta Math. 113 (1965), 241–318.

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  1528. Harish-Chandra: ‘Discrete series for semisimple Lie groups II’, Acta Math. 116 (1966), 1–111.

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  1529. Schmid, W.: ‘L 2-cohomology and the discrete series’, Ann. of Math. 103 (1976), 375–394.

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  1530. Kleppner, A. and Lipsman, R.: ‘The Plancherel formula for group extensions’, Ann. Sci. Ecole Norm Sup. 5 (1972), 459–516.

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  1531. Kleppner, A. and Lipsman, R.: ‘The Plancherel formula for group extensions II’, Ann. Sci. Ecole Norm. Sup. 6 (1973), 103–132.

    MATH  Google Scholar 

  1532. Varadarajan, V.S.: Harmonic analysis on real reductive groups, Springer, 1977.

    Google Scholar 

  1533. Sokolov, A. and Ivanenko, D.: Quantum field theory, Moscow-Leningrad, 1952 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1534. Vyal’tsev, A.N.: Discrete space-time, Moscow, 1965 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1535. Blokhintsev, D.I.: Space and time in the micro-universe, Moscow, 1970 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1536. Markov, M.A.: The nature of matter, Moscow, 1976 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1537. Finkel’steĭn, D.: Phys. Rev. 9, no. 8 (1974), 2219.

    MathSciNet  Google Scholar 

  1538. Schild, A.: ‘Discrete space-time and integral Lorentz transformations’, Canad J. Math. 1 (1949), 29–47.

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  1539. Coxeter, H.S.M. and Whitrow, G.J.: ‘World structure and non-Euclidean honeycombs’, Proc. Royal Soc. London A201 (1950), 417–437.

    MathSciNet  Google Scholar 

  1540. Lee, T.D.: Physics Lett. 122B (1983), 217.

    Google Scholar 

  1541. Auslander, L.: ‘Bieberbach’s theorem on space groups and discrete uniform subgroups of Lie groups’, Amer. J. Math. 83 (1961), 276–280.

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  1542. Auslander, L.: ‘On radicals of discrete subgroups of Lie groups’, Amer. J. Math. 85 (1963), 145–150.

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  1543. Borel, A.: ‘Density properties for certain subgroups of semisimple groups without compact components’, Ann. of Math. 72 (1960), 179–188.

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  1544. Borel, A. and Harish-Chandra: ‘Arithmetic subgroups of algebraic groups’, Ann. of Math. 75 (1962), 485–535.

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  1545. Weil, A.: ‘Discrete subgroups of Lie groups I’ Ann. Math. 72 (1960), 369–384.

    MathSciNet  Google Scholar 

  1546. Weil, A.: ‘Discrete subgroups of Lie groups II’, Ann. Math. 75 (1962), 578–602.

    MathSciNet  Google Scholar 

  1547. Vinberg, E.B.: ‘Discrete groups generated by reflections in Lobachevskiĭ spaces’, Math. USSR-Sb. 1, no. 3 (1967), 429–444. (Mat. Sb. 72, no. 3 (1967), 471-488)

    Google Scholar 

  1548. Garland, H. and Raghunathan, M.S.: ‘Fundamental domains for lattices in (R-) rank 1 semisimple Lie groups’, Ann. of Math. 92 (1970), 279–326.

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  1549. Makarov, V.S.: ‘A certain class of discrete Lobachevskiĭ space groups with an infinite fundamental region of finite measure’, Soviet Math.-Dokl. 7 (1966), 328–331. (Dokl. Akad. Nauk. SSSR 167, no. 1 (1966), 30-33)

    MATH  Google Scholar 

  1550. Mal’tsev, A.I.: ‘On a class of homogeneous spaces’, Izv. Akad. Nauk. SSSR Ser. Mat. 13, no. 1 (1949), 9–32 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1551. Margulis, G.A.: ‘Arithmetic properties of discrete subgroups’, Russian Math. Surveys 29, no. 1 (1974), 107–156. (Uspekhi Mat. Nauk 29, no. 1 (1974), 49-98)

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  1552. Margulis, G.A.: ‘Discrete groups of motions of manifolds of non-positive curvature’, in Proc. Internat. Congress Mathematicians Vancouver, 1974, Vol. 2, pp. 21–34 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1553. Mostow, G.D.: ‘Factor spaces of solvable groups’, Ann. of Math. 60 (1954), 1–27.

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  1554. Mostov, G.D.: ‘Representative functions on discrete groups and solvable arithmetic subgroups’, Amer. J. Math. 92 (1970), 1–32.

    MathSciNet  Google Scholar 

  1555. Mostow, G.D.: Strong rigidity of locally symmetric spaces, Princeton Univ. Press, 1973.

    Google Scholar 

  1556. Raghunathan, M.: Discrete subgroups of Lie groups, Springer, 1972.

    Google Scholar 

  1557. Selberg, A.: ‘On discontinuous groups in higher-dimensional symmetric spaces’, in Internat. Coll. function theory, Tata Inst., 1960, pp. 147-164.

    Google Scholar 

  1558. Wang, H.-C.: ‘On a maximality property of subgroups with fundamental domain of finite measure’, Amer. J. Math. 89 (1967), 124–132.

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  1559. Wang, H.-C.: ‘Topics on totally discontinuous groups’, in Symmetric spaces, M. Dekker, 1972, pp. 459-487.

    Google Scholar 

  1560. Margulus, G.A.: Arithmeticity of irreducible lattices in semisimple groups of rank exceeding 1, Mir, 1977 (in Russian). Appendix to the Russian translation of: M.S. Raghunathan: ‘On the congruence subgroup problem’, Publ. Math. IHES 46 (1976), 107-161.

    Google Scholar 

  1561. Mostow, G.D.: ‘Existence of nonarithmetic monodromy groups’, Proc. Nat. Acad. Sc. U.S.A. 78 (1981), 5948–5950.

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  1562. Zimmer, R.J.: Ergodic theory and semisimple groups, Birkhäuser, 1984.

    Google Scholar 

  1563. Humphreys, J.E.: ‘Arithmetic groups’, in Topics in the theory of arithmetic groups, Notre Dame Univ., 1982, pp. 73-97.

    Google Scholar 

  1564. Kazhdan, D.A. and Margulis, G.A.: ‘A proof of Selberg’s conjecture’, Math. USSR-Sb. 4, no. 1 (1968), 147–152. (Mat. Sb. 75(1968), 163-168)

    Google Scholar 

  1565. Tits, J.: Travaux de Margulis sur les sous-groupes discrets de groupes de Lie’, in Sem. Bourbaki 1975/1976, Exp. 482, Springer, 1977, pp. 174-190.

    Google Scholar 

  1566. Huang, K.: Statistical mechanics, Wiley, 1963.

    Google Scholar 

  1567. Ziman, J.M.: Principles of the theory of solids, Cambridge Univ. Press, 1972.

    Google Scholar 

  1568. Bogolyubov, Jr., N.N.: Method for studying model Hamiltonian, Pergamon Press, 1972 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1569. Wilson, K.G. and Kogut, J.: ‘The renomalization group and the ϵ-expansion’, Phys. Rep. 12c (1974), 75–199.

    Google Scholar 

  1570. Aleksandrov, P.S.: ‘Diskrete Räume’, Mat. Sb. 2 (1937), 501–520.

    MATH  Google Scholar 

  1571. Gierz, G., Hofmann, K.H., Keimel, K., Lawson, J.D., Mislove, M. and Scott, D.S.: A compendium of continuous lattices, Springer, 1980.

    Google Scholar 

  1572. Bourbaki, N.: Elements of mathematics. Commutative algebra, Addison-Wesley, 1972 (translated from the French).

    Google Scholar 

  1573. Cassels, J.W.S. and Fröhlich, A. (eds.): Algebraic number theory, Acad. Press, 1967.

    Google Scholar 

  1574. Kaplansky, J.: ‘Modules over Dedekind rings and valuation rings’, Trans. Amer. Math. Soc. 72 (1952), 327–340.

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  1575. Marchuk, G.I.: Methods of numerical mathematics, Springer, 1975 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1576. Samarskii, A.A.: Theorie der Differenzverfahren, Akad. Verlagsgesell. Geest u. Portig K.-D., 1984 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1577. Yanenko, N.N.: The method of fractional steps; the solution of problems of mathematical physics in several variables, Springer, 1971 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1578. D’yakonov, E.G.: ‘On the stability of difference schemes for some nonstationary problems’, in J. Miller (ed.): Topics in numerical analysis, Acad. Press, 1973, pp. 63-87 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1579. Kovenya, V.M. and Yanenko, N.N.: Discretization methods in problems of gas dynamics, Novosibirsk, 1981 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1580. Mitchell, A.R.: Computational methods in partial differential equations, Wiley, 1969.

    Google Scholar 

  1581. Fairweather, G.: Finite element Galerlin methods for differential equations, M. Dekker, 1978.

    Google Scholar 

  1582. Zlotnik, A.A.: ‘The rate of convergence of the projectiondifference scheme with a splitting operator for parabolic equations’, USSR Comput. Math. Math. Phys. 20, no. 2 (1980), 155–164. (ZA. Vychisl. Mat. Mat. Fiz. 20, no. 2 (1980), 422-432)

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  1583. Glowinski, R.: ‘On a new preconditioner for the Stokes problem’, Math. Aplic. Comp. 6, no. 2 (1987), 123–140.

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  1584. Douglas, J.: ‘On the numerical integration of u xx + u yy=u t by implicit methods’, J. Soc. Ind. Appl. Math. 3 (1955), 42–65.

    MATH  Google Scholar 

  1585. Douglas, J. and Rachford, H.H.: ‘On the numerical solution of heat conduction problems in two and three space variables’, Trans. Amer. Math. Soc. 82 (1956), 421–439.

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  1586. Forsythe, G.E. and Wasow, W.R.: Finite difference methods for partial differential equations, Wiley, 1960.

    Google Scholar 

  1587. Gourlay, A.R.: ‘Hopscotch, a fast second-order partial differential equation solver’, J. Inst. Math. Appl. 6 (1970), 375–390.

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  1588. Mitchell, A.R. and Griffiths, D.F.: The finite difference method in partial differential equations, Wiley, 1980.

    Google Scholar 

  1589. Paeceman, D.W. and Rachford, H.H.: ‘The numerical solution of parabolic and elliptic differential equations’, J. Soc. Indust. Appl. Math. 3 (1955).

    Google Scholar 

  1590. Ames, W.F.: Numerical methods for partial differential equations, Acad. Press, 1977.

    Google Scholar 

  1591. Bourbaki, N.: Elements of mathematics. Algebra: Modules. Rings. Forms, 2, Addison-Wesley, 1975, Chapt.4; 5; 6 (translated from the French).

    Google Scholar 

  1592. Dieudonné, J.A.: La géométrie des groups classiques, Springer,1955.

    Google Scholar 

  1593. Borevich, Z.I. and Shafarevich, I.R.: Number theory, Acad. Press, 1966 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1594. Lang, S.: Algebraic numbers, Addison-Wesley, 1964.

    Google Scholar 

  1595. Zariski, O. and Samuel, P.: Commutative algebra, 1, Springer, 1975.

    Google Scholar 

  1596. Jacobson, R.: The theory of rings, Amer. Math. Soc., 1943.

    Google Scholar 

  1597. Jacobson, N.: The theory of rings, Amer. Math. Soc., 1943.

    Google Scholar 

  1598. Jacobson, N.: Lectures in abstract algebra, 3. Theory of fields and galois theory, v. Nostrand, 1964.

    Google Scholar 

  1599. Lang, S.: Algebraic numbers, Addison-Wesley, 1964.

    Google Scholar 

  1600. Weil, A.: Basic number theory, Springer, 1967.

    Google Scholar 

  1601. Weiss, E.: Algebraic number theory, McGraw-Hill, 1963.

    Google Scholar 

  1602. Anderson, T.W.: An introduction to multivariate statistical analysis, Wüey, 1958.

    Google Scholar 

  1603. Kendall, M.G. and Stuart, A.: The advanced theory of statistics, 3. Design and analysis, and time-series, Griffin, 1966.

    Google Scholar 

  1604. Anderson, T.W. and Bahadur, R.R.: ‘Classification into two multivariate normal distributions with different covariance matrices’, Ann. Math. Stat. 33, no. 2 (1962), 420–431.

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  1605. Fisher, R.A.: Ann. Eugenics 7, no. 11 (1936), 179–188.

    Google Scholar 

  1606. Wald, A.: ‘On a statistical problem arising in the classification of an individual into one of two groups’, Ann. Math. Stat. 15, no. 2 (1944), 145–162.

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  1607. John, S.: ‘On some classification problems I, II’, Sankhya 22, no. 3’4 (1960), 301–316.

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  1608. Welch, B.L.: ‘Note on discriminant functions’, Biometrika 31, no. 1–2 (1939), 218–220.

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  1609. Gupta, S.D.: ‘Optimum classification rules for classification into two multivariate normal distributions’, Ann. Math. Stat. 36, no. 4 (1965), 1174–1184.

    MATH  Google Scholar 

  1610. Bunke, O.: ‘Stabilität statistischer Entscheidungsprobleme und Anwendugen in der Discriminanzanalyse’, Z. Wahrsch. Verw. Geb. 7, no. 2 (1967), 131–146.

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  1611. Ryzin, J. van: ‘Bayes risk consistency of classification procedures using density estimation’, Sankhya Ser. A 28 (1966), 261–270.

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  1612. Kudô, A.: Mem. Fac. Sci. Kyushu Univ. Ser. A 17, no. 1 (1963), 63–75.

    Google Scholar 

  1613. Urbakh, V.Yu.: Statistical methods of classification, 1, Moscow, 1969, pp. 79–173 (in Russian) (See the list of references).

    Google Scholar 

  1614. Sansone, G.: Equazioni differenziali nel campo reale, 2, Zanichelli, 1949.

    Google Scholar 

  1615. Golubev, V.V.: Vorlesungen über Differentialgleichungen im Komplexen, Deutsch. Verlag Wissenschaft., 1958 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1616. Ince, E.L.: Ordinary differential equations, Dover, reprint, 1956.

    Google Scholar 

  1617. Rao, C.R.: Linear statistical inference and its applications, Wiley, 1965.

    Google Scholar 

  1618. Kantorovich, L.V., Vulikh, B.Z. and Pinsker, A.G.: Functional analysis in semi-ordered spaces, Moscow-Leningrad, 1950 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1619. Vulikh, B.Z.: Introduction to the theory of partially ordered spaces, Wolters-Noordhoff, 1967 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1620. Bourbaki, N.: Elements of mathematics. Integration, Addison-Wesley, 1975, Chapt. 6; 7; 8 (translated from the French).

    Google Scholar 

  1621. Luxemburg, W.A.J. and Zaanen, A.C.: Riesz spaces, I, North-Holland, 1971.

    Google Scholar 

  1622. Dixmier, J.: C* algebras, North-Holland, 1977 (translated from the French).

    Google Scholar 

  1623. Arveson, W.: An invitation to C*-algebras, Springer, 1976.

    Google Scholar 

  1624. Gnedenko, B.V.: The theory of probability, Chelsea, reprint, 1962 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1625. Feller, W.: An introduction to probability theory and its applications, 1-2, Wüey, 1957-1971.

    Google Scholar 

  1626. Cramér, H.: Mathematical methods of statistics, Princeton Univ. Press, 1946.

    Google Scholar 

  1627. Fisher, R.A.: Statistical methods of research workers, Oliver & Boyd, 1925.

    Google Scholar 

  1628. Scheffe, H.: The analysis of variance, Wiley, 1959.

    Google Scholar 

  1629. Hald, A.: Statistical theory with engineering applications, Wiley, 1952.

    Google Scholar 

  1630. Snedecor, G.W. and Cochean, W.G.: Statistical methods: applied to experiments in agriculture and biology, Iowa State College Collegiate Press, 1957.

    Google Scholar 

  1631. Nikulin, M.S.: ‘Application of the model of two-factor analysis of variance without interaction’, J. Soviet Math. 25, no. 3 (1984), 1196–1207. (Zap. Nauchn. Sent Leningrad Otdel Mat. Inst. Steklov. Stud Mat. Stat. 108, no. 5 (1981), 134-153)

    MATH  Google Scholar 

  1632. Cramér, H. and Leadbetter, M.R.: Stationary and related stochastic processes, Wiley, 1967.

    Google Scholar 

  1633. Anderson, T.W.: An introduction to multivariate statistical analysis, Wiley, 1958.

    Google Scholar 

  1634. Ibragimov, I.S. and Has’minskii, R.Z. [R.Z. Khas’minskiĭ]: Statistical estimation: asymptotic theory, Springer, 1981 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1635. Landau, L.D. and Lifshitz, E.M.: Electrodynamics of continous media, Pergamon, 1960 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1636. Silin, V.P. and Rukhadze, A.A.: Electromagnetic properties of plasma and plasma-like media, Moscow, 1961 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1637. L. Brillouin: Wave propagation and group velocity, Acad. Press, 1960.

    Google Scholar 

  1638. Timman, R., Hermans, A.J. and Hsian, G.C.: Water waves and ship hydrodynamics, Martinus Nijhoff, 1985.

    Google Scholar 

  1639. Whitham, G.B.: Linear and nonlinear waves, Wiley (Interscience), 1974.

    Google Scholar 

  1640. Zanderer, E.: Partial differential equations of applied mathematics, Wiley (Interscience), 1983.

    Google Scholar 

  1641. Linnik, Yu.V.: The dispersion method in binary additive problems, Amer. Math. Soc., 1963 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1642. Prachar, K.: Primzahlverteilung, Springer, 1957.

    Google Scholar 

  1643. Bredekhin, B.M.: ‘The dispersion method and definite binary additive problems’, Russian Math. Surveys 20, no. 2 (1965), 85–125. (Uspekhi Mat. Nauk 20, no. 2 (1965), 89-130)

    Google Scholar 

  1644. Bredekhin, B.M. and Linnik, Yu.V.: ‘A new method in analytic number theory’, in Current problems in analytic number theory, Minsk, 1974, pp. 5-22 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1645. Bogolyubov, N.N., Medvedev, B.V. and Polivanov, M.K.: Questions in the theory of dispersion relations, Moscow, 1958 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1646. Vladimirov, V.S.: Generalized functions in mathematical physics, MIR, 1979 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1647. Bogolyubov, N.N., Zogurov, AA, Oksakh, A.I. and Todorov, I.T.: Generalized principles of quantum field theory, Nauka, Moscow, 1987 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1648. Kronig, R.: J Opt. Soc. Amer 12 (1926), 547.

    Google Scholar 

  1649. Kramers, H.A.: Atti. Congr. Intern. Fisici Corno, Vol. 2, 1927, p. 545.

    Google Scholar 

  1650. Kampen, N.G. van: ‘S-matrix and causality condition I. Maxwell field’, Phys. Rev. 89 (1953), 1072–1079.

    MATH  Google Scholar 

  1651. Kampen, N.G. van: ‘S-matrix and causality condition II. Non-relativistic particles’, Phys. Rev. 91 (1953), 1267–1276.

    Google Scholar 

  1652. Bremermann, H.: Distributions, complex variables, and Fourier transforms, Addison-Wesley, 1965.

    Google Scholar 

  1653. Whitham, G.B.: Linear and nonlinear waves, Wiley (Interscience), 1974.

    Google Scholar 

  1654. Kuratowski, K.: Topology, Acad. Press, 1966-1968 (translated from the French).

    Google Scholar 

  1655. Arkhangel’skiĭ, A.V. and Ponomarev, V.I.: Fundamentals of general topology: problems and exercises, Reidel, 1984 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1656. Landau, L.D. and Lifshitz, E.M.: Fluid mechanics, Pergamon, 1959 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1657. Pai, S.J.: Viscous flow theory, 1. Laminar flow, v. Nostrand, 1956.

    Google Scholar 

  1658. Foiaş, C. and Sz.-Nagy, B.: Harmonic analysis of operators on Hilbert space, North-Holland, 1970 (translated from the French).

    Google Scholar 

  1659. Kreĭn, S.G.: Linear differential equations in Banach space, Transl. Math. Monographs, 29, Amer. Math. Soc., 1971 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1660. Livshits, M.S.: ‘On the spectral resolution of linear non-selfadjoint operators’, Transi Amer. Math. Soc. (2) 5, (1957), 67–114. (Mat. Sb. 34, no. 1 (1954), 145-199)

    MATH  Google Scholar 

  1661. Phillips, R.S.: ‘Dissipative operators and hyperbolic systems of partial differential equations’, Trans. Amer. Math. Soc. 90, no. 2 (1959), 193–254.

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  1662. Crandall, M. and Pazy, A.: ‘Semi-groups of nonlinear contractions’, J. Funct. Anal. 3 (1969), 376–418.

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  1663. Lumer, G. and Phillips, R.: ‘Dissipative operators in a Banach space’, Pacific J. Math. 11 (1961), 679–698.

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  1664. Fattorini, H.O.: The Cauchy problem, Addison-Wesley, 1983, pp. 120-125; 154-159.

    Google Scholar 

  1665. Gohberg, I.C. [I.C. Gokhberg] and Kreĭn, M.G.: Introduction to the theory of linear nonselfadjoint operators, Transl. Math. Monographs, 18, Amer. Math. Soc., 1969.

    Google Scholar 

  1666. Pliss, V.A.: Nonlocal problems of the theory of oscillations, Acad. Press, 1966 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1667. Demidovich, B.P.: A course in the mathematical theory of stability, Moscow, 1967 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1668. Hale, J.K.: Ordinary differential equations, Wiley, 1980.

    Google Scholar 

  1669. Auslander, L., Green, L. and Hahn, F.: Flows on homogeneous spaces, Princeton Univ. Press, 1963.

    Google Scholar 

  1670. Furstenberg, H.: ‘The structure of distal flows’, Amer. J. Math. 85, no. 3 (1963), 477–515.

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  1671. Bronshteĭn, I. U.: Extensions of minimal transformation groups, Sythoff & Noordhoff, 1979 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1672. Ellis, R.: Lectures on topological dynamics, Benjamin, 1969.

    Google Scholar 

  1673. Ellis, R.: ‘The Furstenberg structure theorem’, Pacific J. Math. 76 (1978), 345–349.

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  1674. Ellis, R.: ‘The Veech structure theorem’, Trans. Amer. Math. Soc. 186 (1973), 203–218.

    MathSciNet  Google Scholar 

  1675. Ihrig, E. and McMahon, D.: ‘On distal flows of finite codimension’, Indian Univ. Math. J. 33 (1984), 345–351.

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  1676. McMahon, D. and Nachman, L.J.: ‘An instrinsic characterization for Pl-flows’, Pacific J. Math. 89 (1980), 391–403.

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  1677. McMahon, D. and Wu, T.S.: ‘Distal homomorphisms of non-metric minimal flows’, Proc. Amer. Math. Soc. 82 (1981), 283–287.

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  1678. Nemytskiĭ, V.V. and Stepanov, V.V.: Qualitative theory of differential equations, Princeton Univ. Press, 1960 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1679. Goluzin, G.M.: Geometric theory of functions of a complex variable, Amer. Math. Soc., 1969 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1680. Jenkins, J.J.: Univalent functions and conformai mappings, Springer, 1958.

    Google Scholar 

  1681. Chernikov, V.V.: ‘Extremal properties of univalent conformai mappings’, in Results of investigation in mathematics and mechanics during 50 years: 1917–1967, Tomsk, 1967, pp. 23-51 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1682. Bazilevich, I.E.: Mathematics in the USSR during 40 years, 1917–1957, Vol. 1, Moscow, 1959, pp. 444–472 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1683. Belinskii, P.P.: General properties of quasi-conformai mappings, Novosibirsk, 1974 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1684. Kühnau, R.: ‘Verzerrungssätze und Koeffizientenbedingungen vom Grunskyschen Typ für quasikonforme Abbildungen’, Math. Nachrichten 48 (1971), 77–105.

    MATH  Google Scholar 

  1685. Duren, P.L.: Univalent functions, Springer, 1983.

    Google Scholar 

  1686. Pommerenke Ch.: Univalent functions, Vandenhoeck & Ruprecht, 1975.

    Google Scholar 

  1687. Cramér, H.: Random variables and probability distributions, Cambridge Univ. Press, 1970.

    Google Scholar 

  1688. Cramér, H.: Mathematical methods of statistics, Princeton Univ. Press, 1946.

    Google Scholar 

  1689. Feller, W.: An introduction to probability theory and its applications, 1-2, Wiley, 1957-1971.

    Google Scholar 

  1690. Bol’shev, L.N. and Smirnov, N.V.: Tables of mathematical statistics, Libr. of mathematical tables, 46, Nauka, Moscow, 1983 (in Russian). Processed by L.S. Bark and E.S. Kedova.

    Google Scholar 

  1691. Johnson, N.L. and Kotz, S.: Distributions in statistics, Houghton-Miflin, 1970.

    Google Scholar 

  1692. Weyl, H.: ‘Ueber die Gleichverteilung von Zahlen mod Eins’, Math. Ann. 77 (1916), 313–352.

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  1693. Vinogradov, I.M.: The method of trigonometric sums in the theory of numbers, Interscience, 1954 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1694. Hua, L.-K.: ‘Abschätzungen von Exponentialsummen und ihre Anwendung in der Zahlentheorie’, in Enzyklopaedie der Mathematischen Wissenschaften mit Einschluss ihrer Anwendungen, Vol. 1, 1959. Heft 13, Teil 1.

    Google Scholar 

  1695. Hlawka, E.: Theorie der Gleichverteilung, B.I.-Wissenschaftverlag, 1979.

    Google Scholar 

  1696. Kuipers, L. and Niederreiter, H.: Uniform distribution of sequences, Wiley, 1974.

    Google Scholar 

  1697. Cassels, J.W.S.: An introduction to diophantine approximation, Cambridge Univ. Press, 1957.

    Google Scholar 

  1698. Gauss, C.F.: Untersuchungen über höhere Arithmetik, A. Maser, 1889.

    Google Scholar 

  1699. Vinogradov, I.M.: Selected works, Springer, 1985 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1700. Linnik, Yu.V.: Dokl. Akad. Nauk SSSR 36 (1942), 131.

    Google Scholar 

  1701. Burgess, D.A.: ‘The distribution of quadratic residues and non-residues’, Mathematika 4, no. 8 (1957), 106–112.

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  1702. Stepanov, S.A.: ‘Constructive methods in the theory of equations over finite fields’, Proc. Steklov lnst. Math. 132 (1975), 271–281. (Trudy Mat. Inst. Steklov. 132 (1973), 237-246)

    MATH  Google Scholar 

  1703. Karatsuba, A.A.: ‘Character sums and primitive roots in finite fields’, Soviet Math.-Dokl. 9, no. 3 (1968), 755–757. (Dokl. Akad. Nauk SSSR 180, no. 6 (1968), 1287-1289)

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  1704. Euler, L.: Einleitung in die Analysis des Unendlichen, Springer, 1983 (translated from the Latin).

    Google Scholar 

  1705. Chebyshev, P.L.: Oevres de P.L Tchebycheff, 1-2, Chelsea, reprint, No date.

    Google Scholar 

  1706. Riemann, B.: Werke, Teubner, 1892.

    Google Scholar 

  1707. Ingham, A.E.: The distribution of prime numbers, Cambridge Univ. Press, 1932.

    Google Scholar 

  1708. Vinogradov, A.I.: Selected works, Springer, 1985 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1709. Vinogradov, I.M.: ‘A new estimate of the function ζ(1+it)’, Izv. Akad. Nauk SSSR Ser. Mat. 22, no. 2 (1958), 161–164 (in Russian).

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  1710. Vinogradov, I.M.: The method of trigonometric sums in the theory of numbers, Interscience, 1954 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1711. Titchmarsh, E.C.: The theory of the Riemann zeta-function, Clarendon Press, 1951.

    Google Scholar 

  1712. Prachar, K.: Primzahlverteilung, Springer, 1957.

    Google Scholar 

  1713. Karatsuba, A.A.: Fundamentals of analytic number theory, Moscow, 1975 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1714. Hua, L.-K.: ‘Abschätzungen von Exponentialsummen und ihre Anwendung in der Zahlentheorie’, in Enzyklopaedie der Mathematischen Wissenschaften mit Einschluss ihrer Anwendungen, Vol. 1, 1959. Heft 13, Teil 1.

    Google Scholar 

  1715. Chudakov, N.G.: Introductions to the theory of Dirichlet L-functions, Moscow-Leningrad, 1947 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1716. Lavrik, A.F.: ‘On the distribution of primes based on I.M. Vinogradov’s method of trigonometric sums’, Trudy Mat. Inst. Steklov. 64 (1961), 90–125 (in Russian).

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  1717. Davenport, H.: Multiplicative number theory, Springer, 1980.

    Google Scholar 

  1718. Halberstam, H. and Richert, H.: Sieve methods, Acad. Press, 1974.

    Google Scholar 

  1719. Selberg, A.: ‘An elementary proof of the prime-number theorem’, Ann. of Math. 50 (1949), 305–313.

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  1720. Erdös, P.: ‘On a new method in elementary number theory which leads to an elementary proof of the prime number theorem’, Proc. Nat. Acad Sci. USA 35 (1949), 374–384.

    MATH  Google Scholar 

  1721. Lavrik, A.F.:’ survey address’, in Internat. Conf on Number Theory, Moscow, 1981 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1722. Diamond, H.G. and Steinig, J.: ‘An elementary proof of the prime number theorem with a remainder term’, Indag. Math. 11 (1970), 199–258.

    MathSciNet  Google Scholar 

  1723. Lavrik, A.F. and Sobirov, A.Sh.: ‘On the remainder term in the elementary proof of the prime number theorem’, Soviet Math. Dokl. 211 (1973), 1063–1066. (Dokl. Akad. Nauk SSSR 211, no. 3 (1973), 534-536)

    MathSciNet  Google Scholar 

  1724. Rosser, B.: ‘The n-th prime is greater than n log n’, Proc. London Math. Soc. (2) 45 (1939), 21–44.

    Google Scholar 

  1725. Linnik, Yu.V.: ‘The large sieve’, Dokl. Akad. Nauk SSSR 30, no. 4 (1941), 292–294 (in Russian).

    MathSciNet  Google Scholar 

  1726. Linnik, Yu.V.: ‘On the least prime in an arithmetic progression I. The basic theorem’, Mat. Sb. 15 (1944), 139–178 (in Russian).

    MathSciNet  Google Scholar 

  1727. Lavrik, A.F.: ‘A survey of Linnik’s large sieve and the density theory of zeros of L-functions’, Russian Math. Surveys 15, no. 2 (1980), 63–76. (Uspekhi Mat. Nauk 35, no. 2 (1980), 55-65)

    Google Scholar 

  1728. Diamond, H.G.: ‘Elementary methods in the study of the distribution of prime numbers’, Bull. Amer. Math. Soc. 7 (1982), 553–589.

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  1729. Ellison, W.J. and Mendès France, M.: Les nombres premiers, Hermann, 1975.

    Google Scholar 

  1730. Ivic, A.: The Riemann zeta-function, Wiley, 1985.

    Google Scholar 

  1731. Newman, D.J.: ‘Simple analytic proof of the prime number theorem’, Amer. Math. Monthly 87 (1980), 693–696.

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  1732. Riesel, H.: Prime numbers and computer methods for factorisation, Birkhäuser, 1985.

    Google Scholar 

  1733. Bombieri, E.: ‘La grand crible dans la théorie analytique des nombres’, Astérisque 18 (1974).

    Google Scholar 

  1734. Gnedenko, B.V. and Kolmogorov, A.N.: Limit distributions for sums of independent random variables, Addison-Wesley, 1954 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1735. Loeve, M.: Probability theory, Princeton Univ. Press, 1963.

    Google Scholar 

  1736. Feller, W.: An introduction to probability theory and its applications, 2, Wiley, 1971.

    Google Scholar 

  1737. Sharpe, M.: ‘Operator stable distributions on vector groups’, Trans. Amer. Math. Soc. 136 (1969), 51–65.

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  1738. Linnik, Yu.V.: Statistical problems with nuisance parameters, Amer. Math. Soc., 1968 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1739. Lehmann, E.L.: Testing statistical hypotheses, Wiley, 1959.

    Google Scholar 

  1740. Zacks, S.: The theory of statistical inference, Wiley, 1971.

    Google Scholar 

  1741. Billingsley, P.: Convergence of probability measures, Wiley, 1968.

    Google Scholar 

  1742. Loève, M.: Probability theory, Princeton Univ. Press, 1963.

    Google Scholar 

  1743. Bhattacharya, R.N. and Ranga Rao, R.: Normal approximation and asymptotic expansions, Wiley, 1976.

    Google Scholar 

  1744. Birkhoff, G.: Lattice theory, Colloq. Publ.; 25, Amer. Math. Soc., 1973.

    Google Scholar 

  1745. Skornyakov, L.A.: Elements of lattice theory, Moscow, 1982 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1746. Grätzer, G.: General lattice theory, Birkhäuser, 1978. Original: Lattice theory. First concepts and distributive lattices. Freeman, 1978.

    Google Scholar 

  1747. Birkhoff, G.: ‘On the combination of subalgebras’, Proc. Cambr. Philos. Soc. 29 (1933), 441–464.

    Google Scholar 

  1748. Stone, M.H.: ‘Topological representation of distributive lattices and Brouwerian logics’, Casopis Pešt. Mat. Fys. 67 (1937), 1–25.

    Google Scholar 

  1749. Priestley, H.A.: ‘Ordered topological spaces and the representation of distributive lattices’, Proc. Lond. Math. Soc. (3) 24 (1972), 507–530.

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  1750. Priestley, H.A.: ‘Ordered sets and duality for distributive lattices’, in Orders: Description and Roles, Ann. Discrete Math., Vol. 23, North-Holland, 1984, pp. 39–60.

    MathSciNet  Google Scholar 

  1751. Balbes, R. and Dwinger, P.: Distributive Lattices, Univ. of Missouri Press, 1974.

    Google Scholar 

  1752. Stein, Sh.: ‘On a construction of Hosszu’, Publ. Math. Debrecen 6, no. 1–2 (1959), 10–14.

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  1753. Belousov, V.D.: ‘The structure of distributive quasigroups’, Mat. Sb. 50, no. 3 (1960), 267–298 (in Russian).

    MathSciNet  Google Scholar 

  1754. Belousov, V.D.: Foundations of the theory of quasi-groups and loops, Moscow, 1967 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1755. Fischer, B.: ‘Distributive Quasigruppen endlicher Ordnung’, Math. Z. 83, no. 4 (1964), 267–303.

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  1756. Galkin, V.M.: ‘Finite distributive quasigroups’, Math. Notes 24 (1978), 525–526. (Mat Zametki 24 (1978), 39-41; 141)

    MathSciNet  Google Scholar 

  1757. Kochin, N.E.: Vector calculus and fundamentals of tensor calculus, Moscow, 1965 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1758. Rashewski, P.K. [P.K. Rashevskiĭ]: Riemannsche Geometrie und Tensoranalyse, Deutsch. Verlag Wissenschaft., 1959 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1759. Bourne, D.E. and Kendall, P.C.: Vector analysis and Cartesian tensors, Nelson and Sons, Sunbury-on-Thames, 1977.

    Google Scholar 

  1760. Borel, E.: Leçons sur les series divergentes, Gauthier-Villars, 1928.

    Google Scholar 

  1761. Hardy, G.H.: Divergent series, Clarendon, 1949.

    Google Scholar 

  1762. Cooke, R.G.: Infinite matrices and sequence spaces, MacMillan, 1950.

    Google Scholar 

  1763. Peyerimhoff, A.: Lectures on summability, Springer, 1969.

    Google Scholar 

  1764. Knopp, K.: Theorie und Anwendung der unendlichen Reihen, Springer, 1964.

    Google Scholar 

  1765. Zeller, K. and Beekmann, W.: Theorie der Limitierungsverfahren, Springer, 1970.

    Google Scholar 

  1766. Vorob’ev, N.N.: Divisibility criteria, Moscow, 1974 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1767. Kummer, E.: ‘Zur Theorie der komplexen Zahlen’, J. Reine Angew. Math. 35 (1847), 319–326.

    MATH  Google Scholar 

  1768. Vinogradov, I.M.: Elements of number theory, Dover, reprint, 1954 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1769. Borevich, Z.I. and Shafarevich, I.R.: Number theory, Acad. Press, 1966 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1770. Kurosh, A.G.: The theory of groups, 1-2, Chelsea, 1955–1956 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1771. Kargapolov, M.I. and Merzlyakov, Yu.L.: Fundamentals of the theory of groups, Springer, 1979 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1772. Fuchs, L.: Infinite abelian groups, 1, Acad. Press, 1970, Chapt. 4.

    Google Scholar 

  1773. Kurosh, A.G.: Lectures on general algebra, Chelsea, 1963 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1774. Albert, A.A.: Structure of algebras, Amer. Math. Soc., 1939.

    Google Scholar 

  1775. Herstein, L.: Noncommutative rings, Math. Assoc. Amer., 1968.

    Google Scholar 

  1776. Adams, J.F.: ‘On the non-existence of elements of Hopf invariant one’, Ann. of Math. 72, no. 1 (1960), 20–104.

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  1777. Schofield, A.H.: Representations of rings over skew fields, London Math. Soc., 1986.

    Google Scholar 

  1778. Jacobson, N.: PI algebras. An introduction, Springer, 1975.

    Google Scholar 

  1779. Oystaeyen, F. van: Prime spectra in non-commutative algebra, Springer, 1975.

    Google Scholar 

  1780. Kummer, E.E.: ‘Ueber die Zerlegung der aus Wurzeln der Einheit gebildeten complexe Zahlen in ihre Primfaktoren’, J. Reine Angew. Math. 35 (1847), 327–367.

    MATH  Google Scholar 

  1781. Borevich, Z.I. and Shafarevich, I.R.: Number theory, Acad. Press, 1966 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1782. Weil, A.: Introduction à l’étude des variétés kahlériennes, Hermann, 1958.

    Google Scholar 

  1783. Cartier, P.: ‘Questions de rationalité des diviseurs en géométrie algébrique’, Bull. Soc. Math. France 86 (1958), 177–251.

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  1784. Grothendieck, A.: ‘Eléments de géométrie algébrique IV. Etude locale des schémas et des morphismes des schémas’, Publ. Math. IHES, no. 32 (1967).

    Google Scholar 

  1785. Mumford, D.: Lectures on curves on an algebraic surface, Princeton Univ. Press, 1966.

    Google Scholar 

  1786. Shafarevich, I.R.: Basic algebraic geometry, Springer, 1977 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1787. Chevalley, C.: Introduction to the theory of algebraic functions of one variable, Amer. Math. Soc., 1951.

    Google Scholar 

  1788. Gunning, R.C. and Rossi, H.: Analytic functions of several complex variables, Prentice-Hall, 1965.

    Google Scholar 

  1789. Chern, S.S.: Complex manifolds without potential theory, Springer, 1979.

    Google Scholar 

  1790. Bourbaki, N.: Elements of mathematics. Commutative algebra, Addison-Wesley, 1972 (translated from the French).

    Google Scholar 

  1791. Springer, G.: Introduction to Kiemann surfaces, Addison-Wesley, 1957.

    Google Scholar 

  1792. Hartshorne, R.: Algebraic geometry, Springer, 1977.

    Google Scholar 

  1793. Griffiths, Ph. and Harris, J.: Principles of algebraic geometry, Wiley-lnterscience, 1978.

    Google Scholar 

  1794. Wells, R.O., jr.: Differential analysis on complex manifolds, Springer, 1980.

    Google Scholar 

  1795. Borevich, Z.I. and Shafarevich, I.R.: Number theory, Acad. Press, 1966 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1796. Bourbaki, N.: Elements of mathematics. Commutative algebra, Addison-Wesley, 1972 (translated from the French).

    Google Scholar 

  1797. Samuel, P.: ‘Classes de diviseurs et dérivées logarithmiques’, Topology 3 (1964), 81–96.

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  1798. FossuM, R.M.: The divisor class group of a Krull domain, Springer, 1973.

    Google Scholar 

  1799. Grothendieck, A. and Dieudonné, J.: ‘Eléments de géometry algébrique IV’, Publ. Math. IHES 32 (1967).

    Google Scholar 

  1800. Titchmarsh, E.C.: The theory of the Riemann zeta-function, Clarendon, 1951.

    Google Scholar 

  1801. Hua, L.-K.: ‘Abschätzungen von Exponentialsummen und ihre Anwendung in der Zahlentheorie’, in Enzyklopaedie der Mathematischen Wissenschaften mit Einschluss ihrer Anwendungen, Vol. 1, 1959. Heft 13, Teil 1.

    Google Scholar 

  1802. Karatsuba, A.A.: ‘Estimates for trigonometric sums by Vinogradov’s method, and some applications’, Proc. Steklov Inst. Math. 112 (1973), 251–265. (Trudy. Mat. Inst. Steklov. 112 (1971), 241-255)

    MATH  Google Scholar 

  1803. Mardzhanishvili, K.K.: Dokl. Akad. Nauk SSSR 22 (1939), 391–393.

    Google Scholar 

  1804. Hooley, C.: ‘An asymptotic formula in the theory of numbers’, Proc. London Math. Soc. (3) 7, no. 27 (1957), 393–413.

    MathSciNet  Google Scholar 

  1805. Linnik, Yu.V.: ‘All large numbers are sums of a prime and two squares. (A problem of Hardy and Littlewood) II’, Mat. Sb. 53, no. 1 (1961), 3–38 (in Russian).

    MathSciNet  Google Scholar 

  1806. Linnik, Yu.V.: The dispersion method in binary additive problems, Amer. Math. Soc., 1963 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1807. Lavrik, A.F.: ‘The functional equation for Dirichlet L-functions and the divisor problem in arithmetical progressions’, Izv. Akad. Nauk SSSR Ser. Mat. 30, no. 2 (1966), 433–448 (in Russian).

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  1808. Vinogradov, A.I. and Linnik, Yu.V.: ‘Estimate of the sum of the number of divisors in a short segment of an arithmetical progression’, Uspekhi Mat. Nauk 12, no. 4 (1957), 277–280 (in Russian).

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  1809. Vinogradov, A.I.: ‘On the density hypothesis for Dirichlet L-series’, Izv. Akad. Nauk SSSR Ser. Mat. 29, no. 4 (1965), 903–934 (in Russian).

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  1810. Hooley, C.: ‘On a new technique and its applications to the theory of numbers’, Proc. London Math. Soc. (3) 38 (1979), 115–151.

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  1811. Chandrasekharan, K.: Arithmetical functions, Springer, 1970, Chapt. VIII.

    Google Scholar 

  1812. Waerden, B.L. van der: Algebra, 1-2, Springer, 1967–1971 (translated from the German).

    Google Scholar 

  1813. Bourbaki, N.: Elements of mathematics. Commutative algebra, Addison-Wesley, 1972 (translated from the French).

    Google Scholar 

  1814. Seifert, H. and Trelfall, W.: Lehrbuch der Topologie, Chelsea, reprint, 1980.

    Google Scholar 

  1815. Hörmander, L.: An introduction to complex analysis in several variables, North-Holland, 1973, Chapt. 2.4.

    Google Scholar 

  1816. Vladimirov, V.S.: Methods of the theory of functions of several complex variables, M.I.T., 1966 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1817. Shabat, B.V.: Introduction to complex analysis, 2, Moscow, 1976 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1818. Hörmander, L.: An introduction to complex analysis in several variables, North-Holland, 1973.

    Google Scholar 

  1819. Kleene, S.C.: Mathematical logic, Wiley, 1967.

    Google Scholar 

  1820. Chang, C.C. and Keisler, H.J.: Model theory, North-Holland, 1973.

    Google Scholar 

  1821. Ershov, Yu.L. and Palyutin, E.A.: Mathematical logic, Moscow, 1987 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1822. Courant, R. and Hilbert, D.: Methods of mathematical physics. Partial differential equations, 2, Interscience, 1965 (translated from the German).

    Google Scholar 

  1823. HOrmander, L.: Linear partial differential operators, Springer, 1936.

    Google Scholar 

  1824. HOrmander, L.V.: The analysis of linear partial differential operators, 2, Springer, 1983, § 10.4.

    Google Scholar 

  1825. Owen, G.: Game theory, Acad. Press, 1982.

    Google Scholar 

  1826. Brélot, M.: Eléments de la théorie classique du potential, Sorbonne Univ. Centre Doc. Univ., Paris, 1959.

    Google Scholar 

  1827. Brelot, M.: On topologies and boundaries in potential theory, Springer, 1971.

    Google Scholar 

  1828. Constantinescu, C. and Cornea, A.: Potential theory on harmonic spaces, Springer, 1972.

    Google Scholar 

  1829. Hartshorne, R.: Algebraic geometry, Springer, 1977.

    Google Scholar 

  1830. Landau, L.D. and Lifshitz, E.M.: The classical theory of fields, Addison-Wesley, 1951, Chapt. 6 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1831. Frish, S.E. and Timoreva, A.V.: A course in general physics, 1, Moscow, 1962, Chapt. 12 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1832. Whtttaker, E.: A history of the theories of aether and electricity, I Chapt. XII, p. 368; Vol. II Chapt. II, p. 40-42 & Chapt. Ill, p. 92, Harper Torchbooks, 1960.

    Google Scholar 

  1833. Rayleigh, J.W.S.: The theory of sound, II, Dover, reprint, 1945, pp. 154-156.

    Google Scholar 

  1834. Mumford, D.: Lectures on curves on an algebraic surface, Princeton Univ. Press, 1966.

    Google Scholar 

  1835. Fossum, R., Griffith, P.A. and Reiten, I.: Trivial extensions of Abelian categories. Springer, 1975.

    Google Scholar 

  1836. Schemas en groupes. I, Springer, 1970.

    Google Scholar 

  1837. Lichtenbaum, S. and Schlessinger, M.: ‘The cotangent complex of a morphism’, Trans. Amer. Math. Soc. 128, no. 1 (1967), 41–70.

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  1838. Demazure, M. and Gabriel, P.: Groupes algébriques, 1, Masson, 1970.

    Google Scholar 

  1839. Günter, N.M.: Potential theory and its applications to basic problems of mathematical physics, F. Ungar, New-York, 1967 (translated from the French).

    Google Scholar 

  1840. Miranda, C.: Partial differential equations of elliptic type, Springer, 1970 (translated from the Italian).

    Google Scholar 

  1841. Tichonoff, A.N. [A.N. Tkhonov] and Samarskiĭ, A.A.: Differentialgleichungen der mathematischen Physik, Deutsch. Verlag Wissenschaft., 1959 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1842. Smirnov, V.I.: A course of higher mathematics, 4, Addison-Wesley, 1964 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1843. Friedman, A.: Partial differential equations of parabolic type, Prentice-Hall, 1964.

    Google Scholar 

  1844. Kral, J.: Integral operators in potential theory, Springer, 1980.

    Google Scholar 

  1845. Hall, P.: The theory of groups, MacMillan, 1959.

    Google Scholar 

  1846. Kleene, S.C.: Introduction to metamathematics, North-Holland, 1951.

    Google Scholar 

  1847. Schiffer, M. and Spencer, D.C.: Functional of finite Riemann surfaces, Princeton Univ. Press, 1954.

    Google Scholar 

  1848. Picard, E.: Traité d’analyse, 2, Gauthier-Villars, 1926.

    Google Scholar 

  1849. Ahlfors, L.V. and Sario, L.: Riemann surfaces, Princeton Univ. Press, 1974.

    Google Scholar 

  1850. Farkas, H.M. and Kra, L.: Riemann surfaces, Springer, 1980.

    Google Scholar 

  1851. Springer, G.: Introduction to Riemann surfaces, Addison-Wesley, 1957.

    Google Scholar 

  1852. Markushevich, A.I.: Theory of functions of a complex variable, 3, Chelsea, Chapt. 4 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1853. Hurwitz, A. and Courant, R.: Vorlesungen über allgemeine Funktionentheorie und elliptische Funktionen, 2, Springer, 1968.

    Google Scholar 

  1854. Whittaker, E.T. and Watson, G.N.: A course of modern analysis, 2, Cambridge Univ. Press, 1952, Chapt. 20.

    Google Scholar 

  1855. Akhiezer, N.I.: Elements of the theory of elliptic functions, Moscow, 1970 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1856. Lang, S.: Elliptic functions, Addison-Wesley, 1973.

    Google Scholar 

  1857. Dolgachev, I.V. and Iskovskikh, V.A.: ‘Geometry of algebraic varieties’, J. Soviet Math. 5, no. 6 (1976), 803–864. (Itogi Nauk. i Tekhn. Algebra Topol. Geom. 12 (1974), 77-170)

    MATH  Google Scholar 

  1858. Zariski, O.: Algebraic surfaces, Springer, 1971.

    Google Scholar 

  1859. Enriques, F.: Le superficie algebraiche, Bologna, 1949.

    Google Scholar 

  1860. Campedelli, L.: ‘Siu piani doppi con curva di diramazione dell’ottavo ordine’, Atti Accad. Naz. Lincei Rend., Ser. 6 15 (1932), 203–208.

    Google Scholar 

  1861. Campedelli, L.: ‘Siu piani doppi con curva di diramazione del decimo ordine’, Atti Accad. Naz. Lincei Rend, Ser. 6 15 (1932), 358–362.

    Google Scholar 

  1862. Campedelli, L.: ‘Sopra alcuni piani doppi notevoli con curva di diramazione del decimo ordine’, Atti Accad. Naz. Lincei Rend, Ser. 6 15 (1932), 536–542.

    Google Scholar 

  1863. Jung, H.W.: ‘Rationale und halbrationale Doppelebene’, J. Reine Angew. Math. 184, no. 4 (1942), 199–237.

    MathSciNet  Google Scholar 

  1864. Barth, W., Peters, C. and Ven, A, van de: Complex algebraic surfaces, Springer, 1984.

    Google Scholar 

  1865. Fulton, W.: Algebraic curves, Benjamin, 1969, p. 66.

    Google Scholar 

  1866. Pringsheim, A.: ‘Elementare Theorie der unendlichen Doppelreihen’, Münchener Sitzungsber. der Math. 27 (1897), 101–153.

    Google Scholar 

  1867. Pringsheim, A.: ‘Zur Theorie der zweifach unendlichen Zahlenfolgen’, Math. Ann. 53 (1900), 289–321.

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  1868. Pringsheim, A.: Vorlesungen über Zahlen-und Funktionenlehre, 2, Teubner, 1932.

    Google Scholar 

  1869. Bromwich, T.J.: An introduction to the theory of infinite series, Macmillan, 1947.

    Google Scholar 

  1870. Salekhov, G.S.: Computation of series, Moscow, 1955 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1871. Whittaker, E.T. and Watson, G.N.: A course of modern analysis, Cambridge Univ. Press, 1952.

    Google Scholar 

  1872. Bakhvalov, N.S.: Numerical methods: analysis, algebra, ordinary differential equations, Mir, 1977 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1873. Krylov, V.I., Bobkov, V.V. and Monastyrnyĭ, P.I.: Numerical methods, 2, Moscow, 1977 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1874. Marchuk, G.I.: Methods of numerical mathematics, Springer, 1982 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1875. Samarskii, A.A. and Nkolaev, E.S.: Methods for solving difference equations, Moscow, 1978 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1876. Roberts, S.M. and Shipman, J.S.: Two point boundary value problems: shooting methods, American Elsevier, 1972.

    Google Scholar 

  1877. Ascher, U.M., Mattheu, R.M.M. and Russel, R.D.: Numerical solution of boundary value problems for ordinary differential equations, Prentice-Hall, 1988.

    Google Scholar 

  1878. Neumann, J. von: ‘Zur Theorie der Gesellschaftsspiele’, Math. Ann 100 (1928), 295–320.

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  1879. Karlin, S.: Mathematical methods and theory in games, programming and economics, Addison-Wesley, 1959.

    Google Scholar 

  1880. Thompson, G.L.: ‘Signaling strategies in n-person games’, in Contributions to the theory of games, Vol. 2, Princeton Univ. Press, 1953, pp. 267–277.

    Google Scholar 

  1881. Bogolyubov, N.N. and Mitropol’skiĭ, Yu.A.: Asymptotic methods in the theory of non-linear oscillations, Hindushtan Publ. Comp., Delhi, 1961 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1882. Sivukhin, D.V.: Problems in the theory of plasma, Vol. 1, Moscow, 1963, pp. 7–97 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1883. Morozov, A.I. and Solov’ev, L.S.: Problems in the theory of plasma, Vol. 2, Moscow, 1963, pp. 177–261 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1884. Knopp, K.: Theorie und Anwendung der unendlichen Reihen, Springer, 1964, p. 324.

    Google Scholar 

  1885. Bois-Reymond, P. du: ‘Erläuterungen zu der Anfangsgründen der Variationsrechnung’, Math. Ann. 15 (1879), 283–314.

    MathSciNet  Google Scholar 

  1886. Lavrent’ev, M.A. and Lyusternik, L.A.: A course in variational calculus, Moscow-Leningrad, 1950 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1887. Alexéev, V. [V.B. Alekseev], Tkhomirov, V. and Fomine, S. [S.V. Fomin]: Commande optimale, Mir, 1982 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1888. Bois-Raymond, P. du: Abk Akad. Wiss. Berlin Math.-Phys. Kl. 12, no. 1 (1876), 117–166.

    Google Scholar 

  1889. Cantor, G.: ‘Ueber die Ausdehnung eines Satzes aus der Theorie der trigonometrische Reihen’, Math. Ann. 5 (1872), 123–132.

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  1890. Bary, N.K. [N.K. Bari]: A treatise on trigonometric series, Pergamon, 1964 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1891. Zygmund, A.: Trigonometric series, 1-2, Cambridge Univ. Press, 1979.

    Google Scholar 

  1892. Vinogradova, I.A. and Skvortsov, V.A.: ‘Generalized Fourier integrals and series’, J. Soviet Math. 1, no. 6 (1973), 677–703. (Itogi Nauk. Mat. Anal. 1970 (1971), 65-107)

    MATH  Google Scholar 

  1893. Naĭmark, M.A.: Normed rings, Reidel, 1984 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1894. Davie, A.M.: ‘A counterexample on dual Banach algebras’, Bull London Math. Soc. 5, no. 1 (1973), 79–80.

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  1895. Cohn, P.M.: Algebra, 1, Wiley, 1982.

    Google Scholar 

  1896. Rockafellar, R.T.: Conjugate duality and optimization, Reg. Conf. Ser. Appl. Math., SIAM, 1974.

    Google Scholar 

  1897. Neveu, I.: Martingales à temps discret, Masson, 1972.

    Google Scholar 

  1898. Dellacherie, C. and Meyer, P.A.: Probabilities and potential, 2. Theory of martingales, North-Holland, 1982 (translated from the French).

    Google Scholar 

  1899. Zaanen, A.C.: Linear analysis, North-Holland, 1956.

    Google Scholar 

  1900. Grothendieck, A.: ‘The cohomology theory of abstract algebraic varieties’, in Proc. Internat, congress mathematicians Edinburgh 1958, Cambridge Univ. Press, 1960, pp. 103-118.

    Google Scholar 

  1901. Dolgachev, I.V.: ‘Abstract algebraic geometry’, J. Soviet Math. 2, no. 3 (1974), 264–303. (Itogi Nauk. i Tekhn. Algebra. Topol Geom. 10 (1972), 47-112)

    Google Scholar 

  1902. Serre, J.-P.: ‘Faisceaux algébriques cohérents’, Ann. of Math. 61 (1955), 197–258.

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  1903. Hartshorne, R.: Residues and duality, Springer, 1966.

    Google Scholar 

  1904. Artin, M., Grothendiek, A. and Verdier, J.-L. (eds.): ‘Théorie des topos et cohomologie étale des schémas’, in Sem. Géom. Alg, Vol. 3, Springer, 1973.

    Google Scholar 

  1905. Verdier, J.L.: ‘A duality theorem in the etale cohomology of schemes’, in Proc. Conf. on local fields, Springer, 1967, pp. 184-198.

    Google Scholar 

  1906. Berthelot, P.: Cohomologie cristalline des schémas de caractéristique p>0, Springer, 1974.

    Google Scholar 

  1907. Hartshorne, R.: Ample subvarieties of algebraic varieties, Springer, 1970.

    Google Scholar 

  1908. Mazur, B.: ‘Local flat duality’, Amer. J. Math. 92 (1970), 343–361.

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  1909. Altman, A. and Kleiman, S.: Introduction to Grothendieck duality theory, Springer, 1970.

    Google Scholar 

  1910. Milne, J.: Arithmetic duality theorems, Acad. Press, 1987.

    Google Scholar 

  1911. Pontryagin, L.S.: ‘Topological duality theorems’, Uspekhi Mat Nauk 2, no. 2 (1947), 21–44 (in Russian).

    MathSciNet  Google Scholar 

  1912. Aleksandrov, P.S.: ‘On homological positioning properties of complexes and closed sets’, Izv. Akad. Nauk SSSR Ser. Mat. 6 (1942), 227–282 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1913. Aleksandrov, P.S.: ‘Fundamental duality theorems for non-closed sets’, Mat Sb. 21, no. 2 (1947), 161–232 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1914. Aleksandrov, P.S.: ‘Topological duality theorems I’, Transi Amer. Math. Soc. (2) 30 (1963), 1–102. (Trudy Mat Inst Steklov. 48 (1955), 1-108)

    MATH  Google Scholar 

  1915. Aleksandrov, P.S.: ‘Topological duality theorems II’, Transl. Amer. Math. Soc. (2) 30 (1963), 103–233. (Trudy Mat Inst Steklov. 54 (1959), 1-136)

    MATH  Google Scholar 

  1916. Chogoshvili, G.S.: ‘The duality theorem for retracts’, Dokl. Akad Nauk SSSR 51, no. 2 (1946), 87–90 (in Russian).

    MathSciNet  Google Scholar 

  1917. Chogoshvili, G.S.: ‘On homology theory for non-closed sets’, in General topology and its relation to modern analysis and algebra. Proc. Symp. Prague, Acad. Press, 1961, pp. 123-132.

    Google Scholar 

  1918. Chogoshvili, G.S.: ‘Generalized products and limits and their application in homology theory’, Uspekhi Mat Nauk 21, no. 4 (1966), 23–34 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1919. Kaplan, S.: ‘Homology properties of arbitrary subsets of Euclidean spaces’, Trans. Amer. Math. Soc. 62 (1947), 248–271.

    MathSciNet  Google Scholar 

  1920. Sitnikov, K.A.: ‘Combinatorial topology of non-closed sets I’, Transl. Amer. Math. Soc. (2) 15 (1960), 245–295. (Mat Sb. 34 (1954), 3-54)

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  1921. Sitnikov, K.A.: ‘Combinatorial topology of non-closed sets II’, Transl. Amer. Math. Soc. (2) 15 (1960), 297–343. (Mat Sb. 37 (1955), 385-434)

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  1922. Sitnikov, K.A.: ‘Combinatorial topology of non-closed sets III’, Mat. Sb. 48 (1959), 213–226 (in Russian).

    MathSciNet  Google Scholar 

  1923. Berikashvili, N.A.: ‘On the axiomatic theory of spectra and duality laws for arbitrary sets’, Trudy Tbil. Mat Inst 24 (1957), 409–484 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1924. Baladze, D.S.: ‘Steenrod’s generalized homology theory’, Trudy Tbil Mat. Inst 41 (1972), 41–83 (in Russian).

    MathSciNet  Google Scholar 

  1925. Bourgin, D.: Modern algebraic topology, Macmillan, 1963.

    Google Scholar 

  1926. Spanier, E.: Algebraic topology, McGraw-Hill, 1966.

    Google Scholar 

  1927. Swrtzer, R.M.: Algebraic topology, homotopy and homology, Springer, 1975.

    Google Scholar 

  1928. Sklyarenko, E.G.: ‘On the theory of generalized manifolds’, Math. USSR Izv. 5, no. 4–6 (1971), 845–858. (Izv. Akad. Nauk SSSR. Ser. Mat. 35, no. 4 (1971), 831-843)

    Google Scholar 

  1929. Borel, A. and Moore, J.C.: ‘Homology theory for locally compact spaces’, Mich. Math. J. 7 (1960), 137–160.

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  1930. Bredon, G.: Sheaf theory, McGraw-Hill, 1967.

    Google Scholar 

  1931. Serre, J.-P.: ‘Une théorème de dualité’, Comm. Math. Heb. 29 (1955), 9–26.

    MATH  Google Scholar 

  1932. Malgrange, B.:’ systèmes différentiels à coefficients constants’, in Sem. Bourbaki, Vol. 246, Benjamin, 1962–1963.

    Google Scholar 

  1933. Banica, C. and Stanasila, O.: Metode algebrice in teoria globala a spatiilor complexe, Ed. Acad. Republ. Soc. Romania, 1974.

    Google Scholar 

  1934. Ramis, J.P. and Ruget, G.: ‘Complex dualisantet théorèmes de dualité en géométrie algébrique complexe’, Publ. Math. IHES 38 (1970), 77–91.

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  1935. Ramis, J.P. and Ruget, G.: ‘Résidus et dualité’, Invent. Math. 26, no. 2 (1974), 89–131.

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  1936. Golovin, V.D.: ‘On spaces of local cohomologies of complex analytic manifolds’, Funct. Anal. Appl. 5, no. 4 (1971), 320–322. (Funktsional. Anal. Prilozhen. 5, no. 4 (1971), 66)

    MathSciNet  Google Scholar 

  1937. Golovin, V.D.: ‘Alexander-Pontryagin duality in complex analysis’, 13, no. 4 (1973), 339–341, Math. Notes. (Mat. Zam. 13, no. 4 (1973), 561-564)

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  1938. Grothendieck, A.: ‘Sur certains espaces de fonctions holomorphes’, J. Reine Agew. Math. 192 (1953), 35–64.

    MathSciNet  Google Scholar 

  1939. Markushevitch, A.I.: Selected chapters on the theory of analytic functions, Moscow, 1976 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1940. Khavin, V.P.:’ spaces of analytic functions’, Itogi Nauk. Mat. Anal. 1964 (1966), 76-164 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1941. Itogi Nauk. Mat. Anal. 1967 (1969), 75-132.

    Google Scholar 

  1942. Itogi Nauk. Mat. Anal. 1963 (1965), 5-80.

    Google Scholar 

  1943. Markushevuch, A.I. (ed): Fonctions d’une variable complexe. Problème contemporains, Gauthier-Villars, 1962 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1944. Khavinson, S.Ya.: Two papers on extremal problems in complex analysis’, Transl. Amer. Math. Soc. (2) 129 (1986).

    Google Scholar 

  1945. Bourbaki, N.: Elements of mathematics. Topological vector spaces, Addison-Wesley, 1977 (translated from the French).

    Google Scholar 

  1946. Schaefer, H.H.: Topological vector spaces, Macmillan, 1966.

    Google Scholar 

  1947. Dunford, N. and Schwartz, J.T.: Linear operators, 1-3, Interscience, 1958–1971.

    Google Scholar 

  1948. Day, M.M.: Normed linear spaces, Springer, 1958.

    Google Scholar 

  1949. Ioffe, A.D. and Tikhomirov, V.M.: Theory of extremal problems, North-Holland, 1979 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1950. Rockafellar, R.T.: Convex analysis, Princeton Univ. Press, 1970.

    Google Scholar 

  1951. Khavin, V.P.:’ spaces of analytic functions’, Itogi Nauk. Mat. Anal. 1964 (1966), 76-164 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1952. Khavinson, S.Ya.: ‘Extremal problems for bounded analytic functions with interior side conditions’, Russian Math. Surveys 18 (1963), 23–96. (Uspekhi Mat. Nauk 18, no. 2 (1963), 25-98)

    Google Scholar 

  1953. Diestel, J.: Geometry of Banach spaces-selected topics, Springer, 1975.

    Google Scholar 

  1954. Minkowski, H.: Geometrie der Zahlen, Chelsea, reprint, 1953.

    Google Scholar 

  1955. Minkowski, H.: Gesammelte Abhandlungen, Vol. 1-2, Teubner, 1911.

    Google Scholar 

  1956. Fenchel, W.: ‘On conjugate convex functions’, Canad J. Math. 1 (1949), 73–77.

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  1957. Rockafellar, R.T.: Convex analysis, Princeton Univ. Press, 1970.

    Google Scholar 

  1958. Ekeland, I. and Teman, R.: Analyse convexe et problèmes variationneb, Dunod, 1974.

    Google Scholar 

  1959. Ioffe, A.D. and Tikhomirov, V.M.: Theory of extremal problems, North-Holland, 1979 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1960. Pontryagin, L.S.: Topological groups, Princeton Univ. Press, 1958 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1961. Huppert, B.: Endliche Gruppen, 1, Springer, 1979, pp. 482-490.

    Google Scholar 

  1962. Novkov, P.S.: Elements of mathematical logic, Addison-Wesley, 1964 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1963. Kleene, S.C.: Introduction to metamathematics, North-Holland, 1951.

    Google Scholar 

  1964. Efimov, N.V.: Höhere Geometrie, Deutsch. Verlag Wissenschaft., 1960 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1965. Artin, E.: Geometric algebra, Interscience, 1957.

    Google Scholar 

  1966. Pedoe, D.: A course of geometry, Cambridge Univ. Press, 1970.

    Google Scholar 

  1967. Berger, M.: Geometry, Ml, Springer, 1987.

    Google Scholar 

  1968. Veblen, O. and Young, J.W.: Projective geometry, Ginn, 1938.

    Google Scholar 

  1969. Karlin, S.: Mathematical methods in the theory of games, programming and economics, Addison-Wesley, 1959.

    Google Scholar 

  1970. Duffing, G.: Erzwungene Schwingungen bei veränderlicher Eigenfrequenz und ihre technische Bedeutung, Vieweg, 1918.

    Google Scholar 

  1971. Stoker, J.J.: Nonlinear vibrations in mechanical and electrical systems, Interscience, 1950.

    Google Scholar 

  1972. Hayashi, G.: Nonlinear oscillations in physical systems, McGraw-Hill, 1964.

    Google Scholar 

  1973. Guckenheimer, J. and Holmes, Ph.: Nonlinear oscillations, dynamical systems, and bifurcations of vector fields, Springer, 1983.

    Google Scholar 

  1974. Tichonoff, A.N. [A.N. Tĭkhonov] and Samarskiĭ, A.A.: Differentialgleichungen der mathematischen Physik, Deutsch. Verlag Wissenschaft., 1959 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1975. John, F.: Planar waves and spherical means as applied to partial differential equations, Interscience, 1955.

    Google Scholar 

  1976. Carslaw, H.S. and Jaeger, J.C.: Conduction of heat in solids, Clarendon Press, 1959.

    Google Scholar 

  1977. Dupin, Ch.: Développements de géométrie, Paris, 1813.

    Google Scholar 

  1978. Klein, F.: Vorlesungen über höhere Geometrie, Springer, 1926.

    Google Scholar 

  1979. Hilbert, D. and Cohn-Vossen, S.E.: Anschauliche Geometrie, Springer, 1932.

    Google Scholar 

  1980. Cecil, T.E. and Ryan, P.J.: Tight and taut immersions of manifolds, Pitman, 1985.

    Google Scholar 

  1981. Berger, M.: Geometry, 2, Springer, 1987.

    Google Scholar 

  1982. Berger, M. and Gostiaux, Bz. Differential geometry, Springer, 1988.

    Google Scholar 

  1983. Blaschke, W. and Leichtweiss, K.: Elementare Differentialgeometrie, Springer, 1973.

    Google Scholar 

  1984. Kagan, V.F.: Foundations of the theory of surfaces in a tensor setting, 2, Moscow-Leningrad, 1948 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1985. Berger, M. and Gostiaux, B.: Differential geometry, Springer, 1988.

    Google Scholar 

  1986. Coxter, H.S.M.: Introduction to geometry, Wiley, 1961.

    Google Scholar 

  1987. Hsiung, C.C.: A first course in differential geometry, Wiley, 1981.

    Google Scholar 

  1988. Dupin, Ch.: Développements de géométrie, Paris, 1813.

    Google Scholar 

  1989. Kagan, V.F.: Foundations of the theory of surfaces in a tensor setting, 1, Moscow-Leningrad, 1947 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1990. Hsiung, C.C.: A first course in differential geometry, Wiley, 1981.

    Google Scholar 

  1991. Berger, M. and Gostiaux, B.: Differential geometry, Springer, 1988.

    Google Scholar 

  1992. Coxeter, H.S.M.: Introduction to geometry, Wiley, 1961.

    Google Scholar 

  1993. Laugwitz, D.: Differentialgeometrie, Teubner, 1960.

    Google Scholar 

  1994. Blasckle, W. and Leichtweiss, K.: Elementare Differentialgeometrie, Springer, 1973.

    Google Scholar 

  1995. Encyclopaedia of elementary mathematics, Vol. 4. Geometry, 1963, pp. 205-227 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1996. Stewart, I.: Galois theory, Chapman & Hall, 1973, Chapt. 5.

    Google Scholar 

  1997. Kramer, E.E.: The nature and growth of modern mathematics, Princeton Univ. Press, 1982.

    Google Scholar 

  1998. Dubnov, Ya.S.: Fundamentals of vector calculus, 1-2, Moscow-Leningrad, 1950-1952 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1999. Lagally, M.: Vorlesungen über Vektor-rechnung, Becker & Erler, 1944.

    Google Scholar 

  2000. Chapman, S. and Cowling, T.G.: The mathematical theory of non-uniform gases, Cambridge Univ. Press, 1939.

    Google Scholar 

  2001. Spiegel, M.R.: Vector analysis and an introduction to tensor analysis, McGraw-Hill, 1959.

    Google Scholar 

  2002. Engelking, R.: General topology, PWN, 1977.

    Google Scholar 

  2003. Kelley, J.L.: General topology, Springer, 1975.

    Google Scholar 

  2004. Efimov, B.A.: ‘Dyadic bicompacta’, Trans. Moscow Math. Soc. 14 (1965), 229–267. (Trudy Moskov. Mat. Obshch. 14 (1965)

    MathSciNet  Google Scholar 

  2005. Ponomarev, V.I.: ‘On dyadic spaces’, Fund. Math. 52, no. 3 (1963), 351–354 (in Russian).

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  2006. Efimov, B.A.: ‘On dyadic spaces’, Soviet Math. Dokl. 4 (1963), 1131–1134. (Dokl. Akad. Nauk SSSR 151, no. 5 (1963), 1021-1024.

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  2007. Vorob’ev, N.N.: ‘The present state of the theory of games’, Russian Math. Surveys 25, no. 2 (1970), 77–136. (Uspekhi Mat. Nauk 25, no. 2 (1970), 81-140)

    MathSciNet  Google Scholar 

  2008. Frank, F. and Mises, R. von: Die Differential und Integralgleichungen der Mechanik und Physik, 2, Rosenberg, 1943, Chapt. 12.

    Google Scholar 

  2009. Ogurtsov, K.I. and Petrashen’, G.I.: Uchen. Zap. Leningrad Gos. Univ. Ser. Mat. Nauk 4, no. 149 (1951), 3–249.

    Google Scholar 

  2010. Babich, V.M., Kapilewich, M.P. [M.P. Kapilevich] and Mikhlin, S.G.: Lineare Differentialgleichungen der mathematischen Physik, Akademie Verlag, 1967, Chapts. 1-2 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  2011. Ladyzhenskaya, O.A.: A mixed problem for a hyperbolic equation, Moscow, 1953 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  2012. Il’in, V.A.: ‘The solvability of mixed problems for hyperbolic and parabolic equations’, Russian Math. Surveys 15, no. 2 (1960), 85–142. (Uspekhi Mat. Nauk 15, no. 2 (1960), 97-154)

    MathSciNet  Google Scholar 

  2013. Kupradze, V.D., et al.: Three-dimensional problems of the mathematical theory of elasticity and thermoelasticity, North-Holland, 1979 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  2014. Petrashen’, G.I.: ‘On a rational method of solving problems in the dynamical theory of elasticity in the case of isotropic layers with plane-parallel boundaries of separation’, Uchen. Zap. Leningrad Gos. Univ. 30, no. 208 (1956), 5–57 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  2015. Alekseev, A.S., Babich, V.M. and Gel’chinskii, B.Ya.: Problems in the dynamic theory of propagation of seismic waves, 5, Leningrad, 1961, pp. 3-24 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  2016. Babich, V.M.: ‘Propagation of Rayleigh waves along the surface of a homogeneous elastic body of arbitrary shape’, Dokl. Akad. Nauk SSSR 137, no. 6 (1961), 1263–1266 (in Russian).

    MathSciNet  Google Scholar 

  2017. Babich, V.M. and Molotkov, I.A.: Izv. Akad. Nauk SSSR. Fizika Zemli 6 (1966), 34–38.

    Google Scholar 

  2018. Mukhina, I.V. and Molotkov, I.A.: Izv. Akad. Nauk SSSR. Fizika Zemli 4 (1967), 3–8.

    Google Scholar 

  2019. Svolinskiĭ, N.V.: Izv. Akad. Nauk SSSR. Ser. Geofiz. 10 (1957), 1201–1218.

    Google Scholar 

  2020. Svolinskiĭ, N.V.: Izv. Akad. Nauk SSSR Ser. Geofiz. 1 (1958), 3–16.

    Google Scholar 

  2021. Svolinskiĭ, N.V.: Izv. Akad. Nauk SSSR. Ser. Geofiz. 2 (1958), 165–174.

    Google Scholar 

  2022. Itogi Nauk. i Tekhn. Mekh. Tverd Deform. Tel 10 (1977), 5-62.

    Google Scholar 

  2023. Eringen, A.C. and Suhubi, E.S.: Elastodynamics, 1-2, Acad. Press, 1974–1975.

    Google Scholar 

  2024. Bellman, R.: Dynamic programming, Princeton Univ. Press, 1957.

    Google Scholar 

  2025. Boltyanskiĭ, V.G.: Mathematical methods of optimal control, Holt, Rinehart & Winston, 1971 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  2026. Hadley, G.: Nonlinear and dynamic programming, Addison-Wesley, 1964.

    Google Scholar 

  2027. Hadley, G. and Whitin, T.: Analysis of inventory systems, Prentice-Hall, 1963.

    Google Scholar 

  2028. Howard, R.A.: Dynamic programming and Markov processes, MIT, 1960.

    Google Scholar 

  2029. Bryson, A.E. and Ho, Y.-C.: Applied optimal control, Ginn & Co., 1969.

    Google Scholar 

  2030. Fleming, W.H. and Rishel, R.W.: Deterministic and stochastic optimal control, Springer, 1975.

    Google Scholar 

  2031. Nemytskiĭ, V.V. and Stepanov, V.V.: Qualitative theory of differential equations, Princeton Univ. Press, 1960 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  2032. Coddington, E.A. and Levinson, N.: Theory of ordinary differential equations, McGraw-Hill, 1955, Chapts. 13-17.

    Google Scholar 

  2033. Lefschetz, S.: Differential equations: geometric theory, Interscience, 1957.

    Google Scholar 

  2034. Halmos, P.R.: Lectures on ergodic theory, Math. Soc. of Japan, 1956.

    Google Scholar 

  2035. Rokhlin, V.A.: ‘Lectures on the entropy theory of measurepreserving transformations’, Russian Math. Surveys 22, no. 5 (1967), 1–52. (Uspekhi Mat. Nauk 22, no. 5 (1967), 3-57)

    MATH  Google Scholar 

  2036. Kushnirenkov, A.G.: ‘On metric invariants of entropy type’, Russian Math. Surveys 22, no. 5 (1967), 53–61. (Uspekhi Mat. Nauk 22, no. 5 (1967), 58-66)

    Google Scholar 

  2037. Kirillov, A.A.: ‘Dynamical systems, factors and representations of groups’, Russian Math. Surveys 22, no. 5 (1967), 63–75. (Uspekhi Mat. Nauk 22, no. 5 (1967), 67-80)

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  2038. Katok, A.B. and Stepin, A.M.: ‘Approximations in ergodic theory’, Russian Math. Surveys 22, no. 5 (1967), 77–102. (Uspekhi Mat. Nauk 22, no. 5 (1967), 81-106)

    MathSciNet  Google Scholar 

  2039. Anosov, D.V. and Sinai, Ya. G.: ‘Some smooth ergodic systems’, Russian Math. Surveys 22, no. 5 (1967), 103–167. (Uspekhi Mat. Nauk 22, no. 5 (1967), 107-172)

    MathSciNet  Google Scholar 

  2040. Gottschalk, W.H. and Hedlund, G.A.: Topological dynamics, Amer. Math. Soc., 1955.

    Google Scholar 

  2041. Arnold, V.I. and Avez, A.: Ergodic problems of classical mechanics, Benjamin, 1968 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  2042. Smale, S.: ‘Differentiable dynamical systems’, Bull. Amer. Math. Soc. 88 (1966), 741–817.

    MathSciNet  Google Scholar 

  2043. Hartman, P.: Ordinary differential equations, Birkhäuser, 1982.

    Google Scholar 

  2044. Nitecki, Z.: Differentiable dynamics. An introduction to the orbit structure of diffeomorphisms, M.I.T., 1971.

    Google Scholar 

  2045. Sibirskii, K.S.: Introduction to topological dynamics, Noordhoff, 1975 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  2046. Sinai, Ya.G.: Introduction to ergodic theory, Princeton Univ. Press, 1976.

    Google Scholar 

  2047. Bronshteĭn, N.U.: Extensions of minimal transformation groups, Sythoff & Noordhoff, 1979 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  2048. Ellis, R.: Lectures on topological dynamics, Benjamin, 1969.

    Google Scholar 

  2049. Veech, W.A.: ‘Topological dynamics’, Bull Amer. Math. Soc. 83 (1977), 775–830.

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  2050. Dynamical systems, I-V, Encyclopaedia of Math. Sciences, Springer, 1987–1988.

    Google Scholar 

  2051. Conley, Ch.: Isolated invariant sets and the Morse index, Amer. Math. Soc., 1978.

    Google Scholar 

  2052. Hirsch, M.W.: ‘The dynamical systems approach to differential equations’, Bull. Amer. Math. Soc. 11 (1984), 1–64.

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  2053. Abraham, R. and Marsden, J.: Foundations of mechanics, Benjamin Cummings, 1978.

    Google Scholar 

  2054. Cornfeld, I. [I. Kornfel’d], Fomin, S. and Sinaĭ, Ya.: Ergodic theory, Springer, 1982 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  2055. Galileo, G.: Unterredungen und mathematische Demonstration über zwei neue Wissenschaftszweige, die Mechanik und die Fallgesetze betreffend, 1-2, Engelmann, 1891. Translated from the Italian and the Latin.

    Google Scholar 

  2056. Galileo, G.: Discours on the two most important world systems-Ptolemaic and Copernican, Moscow-Leningrad, 1948 (in Russian; translated from the Italian).

    Google Scholar 

  2057. Newton, I.: Mathematische Prinzipien der Naturlehre, Springer, 1872 (translated from the English).

    Google Scholar 

  2058. Euler, L.: Principles of point dynamics, Moscow-Leningrad, 1938 (in Russian; translated from the Latin).

    Google Scholar 

  2059. d’Alembert, J.: Abhandlung über die Dynamik, Ostwald Klassiker, 106 (translated from the French).

    Google Scholar 

  2060. Lagrange, J.: Mécanique analytique, 1-2, Paris, 1788.

    Google Scholar 

  2061. Jacobi, C.G.J.: Vorlesungen über Dynamik, G. Reimer, 1884.

    Google Scholar 

  2062. Hamilton, W.: ‘On a general method in dynamics...’, in Variational principles of mechanics, Moscow, 1959 (in Russian; translated from the English).

    Google Scholar 

  2063. Hertz, H.: ‘Prinzipien der Mechanik’, in Gesammelte Werke, Vol. 3, J. Barh, 1894.

    Google Scholar 

  2064. Ostrogradski, M.V.: ‘Lectures on analytical mechanics’, in Complete works, Vol. 2, Kiev, 1961 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  2065. Zhukovskiĭ, N.E.: Theoretical mechanics, Moscow-Leningrad, 1952 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  2066. Chaplygin, S.A.: ‘A course of lectures on theoretical dynamics’, in Collected works, Vol. 4, Moscow-Leningrad, 1949 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  2067. Chetaev, N.G.: Stability of motion. Studies in analytical mechanics, Moscow, 1962 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  2068. Whittaker, E.T.: Analytical dynamics of particles and rigid bodies, Dover, reprint, 1944.

    Google Scholar 

  2069. Arnol’d, V.I.: Mathematical methods of classical mechanics, Springer, 1978 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  2070. Sudarshan, E.C.G. and Mukunda, N.: Classical dynamics: a modem perspective, Wiley (Interscience), 1974.

    Google Scholar 

  2071. Lykov, A.V. and Mikhaĭlov, Yu.A.: The theory of heat and mass transfer, Moscow-Leningrad, 1963 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  2072. Groot, S. de and Mazur, P.: Non-equilibrium thermodynamics, Moscow, 1968 (in Russian; translated from the English).

    Google Scholar 

  2073. Lykov, A.V.: The theory of drying, Moscow, 1968 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  2074. Frank-Kamenetskiĭ, D.A.: Diffusion and heat transfer in chemical kinematics, Moscow, 1967 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  2075. Tichonoff, A.N. [A.N. Tikhonov] and Samarskiĭ, A.A.: Differentialgleichungen der mathematischen Physik, Deutsch. Verlag Wissenschaft., 1959 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  2076. Aris, R.: The mathematical theory of diffusion and reaction in permeable catalysts, Oxford Univ. Press, 1975.

    Google Scholar 

  2077. Jacob, M.: Heat transfer, I-II, Wiley, 1955.

    Google Scholar 

  2078. Carslaw, H.S.: Introduction to the mathematical theory of the conduction of heat in solids, Macmillan, 1921.

    Google Scholar 

Download references

Authors

Editor information

M. Hazewinkel

Rights and permissions

Reprints and permissions

Copyright information

© 1995 Springer Science+Business Media Dordrecht

About this chapter

Cite this chapter

El’kin, A.G. et al. (1995). D. In: Hazewinkel, M. (eds) Encyclopaedia of Mathematics. Encyclopaedia of Mathematics, vol 2. Springer, Boston, MA. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-1-4899-3795-7_2

Download citation

  • DOI: https://doi.org/10.1007/978-1-4899-3795-7_2

  • Publisher Name: Springer, Boston, MA

  • Print ISBN: 978-0-7923-2974-9

  • Online ISBN: 978-1-4899-3795-7

  • eBook Packages: Springer Book Archive

Publish with us

Policies and ethics